[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.915

1.915   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.914 2023/02/05 21:15:33 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.915   ! nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: February 5 2023 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.906     jmc        26: .Op Fl 2CDlNuVv
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
1.886     naddy      46: is started, it creates a new
1.60      nicm       47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.1       nicm      143: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
1.906     jmc       206: .It Fl T Ar features
                    207: Set terminal features for the client.
                    208: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    209: See the
                    210: .Ic terminal-features
                    211: option.
1.1       nicm      212: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  213: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    214: variable of
1.14      nicm      215: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  216: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    217: or
1.2       nicm      218: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  219: that is set does not contain
                    220: .Qq UTF-8
                    221: or
                    222: .Qq UTF8 .
1.906     jmc       223: .It Fl V
                    224: Report the
                    225: .Nm
                    226: version.
1.1       nicm      227: .It Fl v
                    228: Request verbose logging.
                    229: Log messages will be saved into
                    230: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    231: and
                    232: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    233: files in the current directory, where
                    234: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       235: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      236: If
                    237: .Fl v
                    238: is specified twice, an additional
                    239: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    240: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    241: .Nm
                    242: writes to the terminal.
                    243: .Pp
                    244: The
                    245: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    246: signal may be sent to the
                    247: .Nm
                    248: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    249: .Fl v
                    250: was given) and off.
1.1       nicm      251: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    252: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    253: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       254: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       255: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      256: .Ic new-session
                    257: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       258: .El
1.627     nicm      259: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      260: .Nm
                    261: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    262: prefix key,
                    263: .Ql C-b
                    264: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    265: .Pp
1.172     nicm      266: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      267: .Pp
1.171     nicm      268: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    269: .It C-b
                    270: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    271: .It C-o
                    272: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    273: .It C-z
                    274: Suspend the
                    275: .Nm
                    276: client.
                    277: .It !
                    278: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    279: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      280: .\" "
1.171     nicm      281: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    282: .It #
                    283: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      284: .It $
                    285: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      286: .It %
                    287: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    288: .It &
                    289: Kill the current window.
                    290: .It '
                    291: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      292: .It \&(
                    293: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    294: .It \&)
                    295: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      296: .It ,
                    297: Rename the current window.
                    298: .It -
                    299: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    300: .It .
                    301: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    302: .It 0 to 9
                    303: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    304: .It :
                    305: Enter the
                    306: .Nm
                    307: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      308: .It ;
                    309: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      310: .It =
                    311: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      312: .It \&?
                    313: List all key bindings.
                    314: .It D
                    315: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      316: .It L
                    317: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       318: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      319: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      321: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      322: .It c
1.65      nicm      323: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      324: .It d
1.65      nicm      325: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      326: .It f
                    327: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    328: .It i
                    329: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      330: .It l
1.65      nicm      331: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      332: .It m
                    333: Mark the current pane (see
                    334: .Ic select-pane
                    335: .Fl m ) .
                    336: .It M
                    337: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      338: .It n
1.65      nicm      339: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      340: .It o
                    341: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      342: .It p
1.65      nicm      343: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      344: .It q
                    345: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    346: .It r
                    347: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    348: .It s
                    349: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    350: .It t
                    351: Show the time.
                    352: .It w
                    353: Choose the current window interactively.
                    354: .It x
                    355: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      356: .It z
                    357: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      358: .It {
                    359: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    360: .It }
                    361: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
                    362: .It ~
                    363: Show previous messages from
                    364: .Nm ,
                    365: if any.
                    366: .It Page Up
                    367: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    368: .It Up, Down
                    369: .It Left, Right
                    370: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    371: pane.
                    372: .It M-1 to M-5
                    373: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    374: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      375: .It Space
                    376: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      377: .It M-n
                    378: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    379: .It M-o
                    380: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    381: .It M-p
                    382: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    383: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    384: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    385: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    386: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    387: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    388: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      389: .El
                    390: .Pp
                    391: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    392: .Ic bind-key
                    393: and
                    394: .Ic unbind-key
                    395: commands.
1.651     nicm      396: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    397: .Nm
                    398: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    399: behaviour.
                    400: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    401: They may be bound to a key with the
                    402: .Ic bind-key
                    403: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    404: the command prompt.
                    405: For example, the same
                    406: .Ic set-option
                    407: command run from the shell prompt, from
                    408: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                    409: and bound to a key may look like:
                    410: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    411: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    412:
                    413: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416: .Ed
                    417: .Pp
                    418: Here, the command name is
                    419: .Ql set-option ,
                    420: .Ql Fl g
                    421: is a flag and
                    422: .Ql status-style
                    423: and
                    424: .Ql bg=cyan
                    425: are arguments.
                    426: .Pp
                    427: .Nm
                    428: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    429: In order to execute a command,
                    430: .Nm
                    431: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    432: This is command parsing.
                    433: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    434: .Nm
                    435: or from a configuration file,
                    436: .Nm
                    437: does.
                    438: Examples of when
                    439: .Nm
                    440: parses commands are:
                    441: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    442: .It
                    443: in a configuration file;
                    444: .It
                    445: typed at the command prompt (see
                    446: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    447: .It
                    448: given to
                    449: .Ic bind-key ;
                    450: .It
                    451: passed as arguments to
                    452: .Ic if-shell
                    453: or
                    454: .Ic confirm-before .
                    455: .El
                    456: .Pp
                    457: To execute commands, each client has a
                    458: .Ql command queue .
                    459: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    460: for configuration files like
                    461: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
                    462: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    463: Some commands, like
                    464: .Ic if-shell
                    465: and
                    466: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    467: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    468: after themselves.
                    469: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent command (such as
                    470: .Ic if-shell )
                    471: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    472: Commands like
                    473: .Ic if-shell ,
                    474: .Ic run-shell
                    475: and
                    476: .Ic display-panes
                    477: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    478: .Ic if-shell
                    479: and
                    480: .Ic run-shell
                    481: until a shell command finishes and
                    482: .Ic display-panes
                    483: until a key is pressed.
                    484: For example, the following commands:
                    485: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    486: new-session; new-window
                    487: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    488: kill-session
                    489: .Ed
                    490: .Pp
                    491: Will execute
                    492: .Ic new-session ,
                    493: .Ic new-window ,
                    494: .Ic if-shell ,
                    495: the shell command
                    496: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      497: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      498: and
                    499: .Ic kill-session
                    500: in that order.
                    501: .Pp
                    502: The
                    503: .Sx COMMANDS
                    504: section lists the
                    505: .Nm
                    506: commands and their arguments.
                    507: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    508: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    509: .Nm ,
                    510: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      511: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      512: - see for example
                    513: .Xr ksh 1
                    514: or
                    515: .Xr csh 1 .
                    516: .Pp
                    517: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    518: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    519: .Ql command sequence
                    520: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    521: executed.
1.825     nicm      522: .Pp
                    523: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    524: written as an individual token, for example from
                    525: .Xr sh 1 :
                    526: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    527: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    528: .Ed
                    529: .Pp
                    530: Or:
                    531: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    532: $ tmux neww ';' splitw
                    533: .Ed
                    534: .Pp
                    535: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    536: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    537: neww ; splitw
                    538: .Ed
                    539: .Pp
                    540: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    541: for example in these
                    542: .Xr sh 1
                    543: commands:
                    544: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.913     nicm      545: $ tmux neww\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      546: .Ed
                    547: .Pp
                    548: Or:
                    549: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    550: $ tmux 'neww;' splitw
                    551: .Ed
                    552: .Pp
                    553: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    554: to properly quote semicolons:
                    555: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    556: .It
                    557: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    558: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    559: For
                    560: .Xr sh 1
                    561: this typically means quoted (such as
                    562: .Ql neww ';' splitw )
                    563: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       564: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      565: .It
                    566: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    567: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    568: a second time for
                    569: .Nm ;
                    570: for example:
                    571: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       572: $ tmux neww 'foo\e\e;' bar
                    573: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      574: .Ed
                    575: .It
                    576: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    577: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    578: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    579: $ tmux neww 'foo-;-bar'
1.826     jmc       580: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      581: .Ed
                    582: .El
1.651     nicm      583: .Pp
                    584: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    585: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    586: .Pp
                    587: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    588: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    589: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      590: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      591: .Pp
1.655     nicm      592: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (') quotes,
                    593: double quotes (") or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      594: .\" "
                    595: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      596: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    597: continuation.
                    598: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      599: .Pp
                    600: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    601: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    602: .It
                    603: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    604: global environment (see the
                    605: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    606: section).
                    607: .It
                    608: A leading ~ or ~user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
                    609: specified user.
                    610: .It
                    611: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    612: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    613: .It
                    614: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    615: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    616: tab.
1.660     nicm      617: .It
                    618: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    619: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    620: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    621: .It
1.651     nicm      622: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    623: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    624: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    625: variable.
                    626: .El
                    627: .Pp
1.776     nicm      628: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    629: .Ql %if
                    630: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    631: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    632: group of
1.655     nicm      633: .Nm
1.776     nicm      634: commands as an argument (for example to
                    635: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      636: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    637: needed when using {}:
                    638: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    639: if-shell true {
                    640:     display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }$foo'
                    641: }
                    642:
1.776     nicm      643: if-shell true "display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo'"
1.655     nicm      644: .Ed
                    645: .Pp
                    646: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    647: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    648: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    649:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      650:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      651:     }
                    652: }
                    653: .Ed
                    654: .Pp
1.651     nicm      655: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    656: .Ql name=value ,
                    657: for example
                    658: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    659: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      660: A hidden variable may be set with
                    661: .Ql %hidden ,
                    662: for example:
                    663: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    664: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    665: .Ed
                    666: .Pp
                    667: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    668: by tmux.
                    669: See the
                    670: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    671: section.
1.651     nicm      672: .Pp
                    673: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    674: .Ql %if ,
                    675: .Ql %elif ,
                    676: .Ql %else
                    677: and
                    678: .Ql %endif .
                    679: The argument to
                    680: .Ql %if
                    681: and
                    682: .Ql %elif
                    683: is expanded as a format (see
                    684: .Sx FORMATS )
                    685: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    686: the closing
                    687: .Ql %elif ,
                    688: .Ql %else
                    689: or
                    690: .Ql %endif .
                    691: For example:
                    692: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      693: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      694: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      695: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      696: set -g status-style bg=green
                    697: %else
                    698: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    699: %endif
                    700: .Ed
                    701: .Pp
                    702: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    703: .Ql myhost ,
                    704: green if running on
                    705: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    706: or blue if running on another host.
                    707: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    708: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    709: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    710: .Ed
1.57      jmc       711: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      712: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       713: .Nm .
                    714: Most commands accept the optional
                    715: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      716: (and sometimes
                    717: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       718: argument with one of
                    719: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      720: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       721: .Ar target-window ,
                    722: or
                    723: .Ar target-pane .
                    724: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      725: .Pp
1.57      jmc       726: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      727: should be the name of the client,
                    728: typically the
1.57      jmc       729: .Xr pty 4
                    730: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    731: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    732: or
                    733: .Pa ttyp1
                    734: for the client attached to
                    735: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      736: If no client is specified,
                    737: .Nm
                    738: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    739: reported.
1.57      jmc       740: Clients may be listed with the
                    741: .Ic list-clients
                    742: command.
1.1       nicm      743: .Pp
1.57      jmc       744: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      745: is tried as, in order:
                    746: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    747: .It
                    748: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    749: .It
                    750: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       751: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      752: command).
                    753: .It
                    754: The start of a session name, for example
                    755: .Ql mysess
                    756: would match a session named
                    757: .Ql mysession .
                    758: .It
                    759: An
1.57      jmc       760: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      761: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    762: .El
                    763: .Pp
1.441     nicm      764: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    765: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      766: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    767: .Ql =mysess
                    768: will only match exactly
                    769: .Ql mysess ,
                    770: not
                    771: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      772: .Pp
1.423     nicm      773: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       774: produce an error.
                    775: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      776: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      777: .Pp
1.57      jmc       778: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      779: (or
                    780: .Ar src-window
                    781: or
                    782: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       783: specifies a window in the form
                    784: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    785: .Em session
                    786: follows the same rules as for
                    787: .Ar target-session ,
                    788: and
                    789: .Em window
1.423     nicm      790: is looked for in order as:
                    791: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    792: .It
                    793: A special token, listed below.
                    794: .It
                    795: A window index, for example
                    796: .Ql mysession:1
                    797: is window 1 in session
                    798: .Ql mysession .
                    799: .It
                    800: A window ID, such as @1.
                    801: .It
                    802: An exact window name, such as
                    803: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    804: .It
                    805: The start of a window name, such as
                    806: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    807: .It
                    808: As an
1.57      jmc       809: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      810: pattern matched against the window name.
                    811: .El
                    812: .Pp
1.435     nicm      813: Like sessions, a
                    814: .Ql =
                    815: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       816: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    817: example the
                    818: .Ic new-window
                    819: and
                    820: .Ic link-window
                    821: commands)
                    822: otherwise the current window in
                    823: .Em session
                    824: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      825: .Pp
1.424     nicm      826: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    827: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      828: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    829: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    830: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    831: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    832: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    833: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    834: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    835: .El
1.1       nicm      836: .Pp
1.57      jmc       837: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      838: (or
                    839: .Ar src-pane
                    840: or
                    841: .Ar dst-pane )
                    842: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       843: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      844: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    845: for example:
                    846: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       847: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    848: window is used.
1.423     nicm      849: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    850: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    851: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    852: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    853: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    854: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    855: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    856: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    857: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    858: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    859: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    860: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    861: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    862: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      863: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    864: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    865: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      867: .El
1.177     nicm      868: .Pp
1.423     nicm      869: The tokens
1.177     nicm      870: .Ql +
                    871: and
                    872: .Ql -
                    873: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    874: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    875: select-window -t:+2
                    876: .Ed
                    877: .Pp
1.432     nicm      878: In addition,
                    879: .Em target-session ,
                    880: .Em target-window
                    881: or
                    882: .Em target-pane
                    883: may consist entirely of the token
                    884: .Ql {mouse}
                    885: (alternative form
                    886: .Ql = )
1.678     nicm      887: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event occurred
1.432     nicm      888: (see the
                    889: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    890: section)
                    891: or
                    892: .Ql {marked}
                    893: (alternative form
                    894: .Ql ~ )
                    895: to specify the marked pane (see
                    896: .Ic select-pane
                    897: .Fl m ) .
                    898: .Pp
1.423     nicm      899: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    900: prefixed with a
                    901: .Ql $ ,
                    902: windows with a
                    903: .Ql @ ,
                    904: and panes with a
                    905: .Ql % .
                    906: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    907: in the
1.212     nicm      908: .Nm
1.423     nicm      909: server.
                    910: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      911: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    912: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      913: IDs may be displayed using the
                    914: .Ql session_id ,
                    915: .Ql window_id ,
                    916: or
                    917: .Ql pane_id
                    918: formats (see the
                    919: .Sx FORMATS
                    920: section) and the
                    921: .Ic display-message ,
                    922: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    923: .Ic list-windows
                    924: or
                    925: .Ic list-panes
                    926: commands.
1.15      jmc       927: .Pp
1.153     nicm      928: .Ar shell-command
                    929: arguments are
                    930: .Xr sh 1
                    931: commands.
1.394     nicm      932: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      933: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      934: new-window 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.153     nicm      935: .Ed
1.394     nicm      936: .Pp
                    937: Will run:
                    938: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      939: /bin/sh -c 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.394     nicm      940: .Ed
                    941: .Pp
                    942: Additionally, the
                    943: .Ic new-window ,
                    944: .Ic new-session ,
                    945: .Ic split-window ,
                    946: .Ic respawn-window
                    947: and
                    948: .Ic respawn-pane
                    949: commands allow
                    950: .Ar shell-command
                    951: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    952: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    953: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    954: For example:
                    955: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      956: $ tmux new-window vi ~/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      957: .Ed
                    958: .Pp
                    959: Will run
                    960: .Xr vi 1
                    961: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      962: .Pp
                    963: .Ar command
1.910     kn        964: .Op Ar argument ...
1.153     nicm      965: refers to a
                    966: .Nm
1.655     nicm      967: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      968: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      969: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      970: .Ed
                    971: .Pp
1.655     nicm      972: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    973: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    974: for example:
1.153     nicm      975: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      976: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      977: .Ed
                    978: .Pp
                    979: Example
                    980: .Nm
                    981: commands include:
1.13      nicm      982: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       983: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    984:
                    985: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    986:
1.668     nicm      987: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       988:
                    989: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      990:
                    991: bind-key R source-file ~/.tmux.conf \e; \e
                    992:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      993: .Ed
1.153     nicm      994: .Pp
                    995: Or from
                    996: .Xr sh 1 :
                    997: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    998: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                    999:
1.159     jmc      1000: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1001:
1.821     nicm     1002: $ tmux new-session -d 'vi ~/.tmux.conf' \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1003: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1004: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1005: The
                   1006: .Nm
                   1007: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1008: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1009: when they are created with the
                   1010: .Ic new-session
                   1011: command, or later with the
                   1012: .Ic attach-session
                   1013: command.
1.188     nicm     1014: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1015: .Em linked
                   1016: into it.
                   1017: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1018: more panes,
                   1019: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1020: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1021: are covered
                   1022: in the
                   1023: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1024: section.
                   1025: .Pp
                   1026: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1027: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1028: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1029: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1030: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1031: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1032: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1033: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1034: .Xc
1.870     kn       1035: .D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
1.57      jmc      1036: If run from outside
                   1037: .Nm ,
                   1038: create a new client in the current terminal and attach it to
                   1039: .Ar target-session .
                   1040: If used from inside, switch the current client.
                   1041: If
                   1042: .Fl d
                   1043: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1044: If
                   1045: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1046: is given, send
                   1047: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1048: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1049: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1050: .Fl f
                   1051: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1052: The flags are:
                   1053: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1054: .It active-pane
                   1055: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1056: .It ignore-size
                   1057: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1058: .It no-output
                   1059: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1060: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1061: output is paused once the pane is
                   1062: .Ar seconds
                   1063: behind in control mode
                   1064: .It read-only
                   1065: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1066: .It wait-exit
                   1067: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1068: .El
                   1069: .Pp
                   1070: A leading
1.799     tim      1071: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1072: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1073: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1074: is an alias for
                   1075: .Fl f
                   1076: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1077: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1078: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1079: or
                   1080: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1081: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1082: A client with the
                   1083: .Ar active-pane
                   1084: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1085: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1086: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1087: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1088: pane.
1.13      nicm     1089: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1090: If no server is started,
                   1091: .Ic attach-session
                   1092: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1093: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1094: .Pp
                   1095: The
                   1096: .Ar target-session
                   1097: rules for
                   1098: .Ic attach-session
                   1099: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1100: .Nm
                   1101: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1102: recently used
                   1103: .Em unattached
                   1104: session.
1.372     nicm     1105: .Pp
                   1106: .Fl c
                   1107: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1108: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1109: .Pp
                   1110: If
                   1111: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1112: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1113: .Ic update-environment
                   1114: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1115: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1116: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1117: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1118: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1119: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1120: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1121: .Xc
1.870     kn       1122: .D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
1.218     nicm     1123: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1124: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1125: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1126: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1127: The
                   1128: .Fl a
                   1129: option kills all but the client given with
                   1130: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1131: If
                   1132: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1133: is given, send
                   1134: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1135: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1136: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1137: With
                   1138: .Fl E ,
                   1139: run
                   1140: .Ar shell-command
                   1141: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1142: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1143: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1144: .D1 Pq alias: Ic has
1.57      jmc      1145: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1146: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1147: .It Ic kill-server
                   1148: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1149: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1150: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1151: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1152: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1153: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1154: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1155: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1156: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1157: If
                   1158: .Fl a
                   1159: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1160: The
                   1161: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1162: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1163: session.
1.858     kn       1164: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1165: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1166: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.915   ! nicm     1167: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.250     nicm     1168: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1169: .Xc
1.870     kn       1170: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
1.221     jmc      1171: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1172: .Fl F
1.915   ! nicm     1173: specifies the format of each line and
        !          1174: .Fl f
        !          1175: a filter.
        !          1176: Only clients for which the filter is true are shown.
        !          1177: See the
1.252     jmc      1178: .Sx FORMATS
                   1179: section.
1.221     jmc      1180: If
1.220     nicm     1181: .Ar target-session
                   1182: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1183: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1184: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1185: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1186: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1187: .Xc
1.870     kn       1188: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
1.731     nicm     1189: List the syntax of
                   1190: .Ar command
                   1191: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1192: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1193: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1194: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1195: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1196: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1197: .Xc
1.870     kn       1198: .D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
1.57      jmc      1199: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1200: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1201: specifies the format of each line and
                   1202: .Fl f
                   1203: a filter.
                   1204: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1205: See the
1.247     nicm     1206: .Sx FORMATS
                   1207: section.
1.858     kn       1208: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1209: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.870     kn       1210: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
1.92      nicm     1211: Lock
                   1212: .Ar target-client ,
                   1213: see the
                   1214: .Ic lock-server
                   1215: command.
1.858     kn       1216: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1217: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1218: .D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
1.92      nicm     1219: Lock all clients attached to
                   1220: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1221: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1222: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1223: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1224: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1225: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1226: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1227: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1228: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1229: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1230: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1231: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1232: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1233: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1234: .Xc
1.870     kn       1235: .D1 Pq alias: Ic new
1.57      jmc      1236: Create a new session with name
                   1237: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1238: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1239: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1240: .Fl d
                   1241: is given.
                   1242: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1243: and
1.153     nicm     1244: .Ar shell-command
                   1245: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1246: With
                   1247: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1248: the initial size comes from the global
                   1249: .Ic default-size
                   1250: option;
1.210     nicm     1251: .Fl x
                   1252: and
                   1253: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1254: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1255: .Ql -
                   1256: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1257: If
                   1258: .Fl x
                   1259: or
                   1260: .Fl y
                   1261: is given, the
                   1262: .Ic default-size
                   1263: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1264: .Fl f
                   1265: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1266: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1267: .Pp
                   1268: If run from a terminal, any
                   1269: .Xr termios 4
                   1270: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1271: .Pp
                   1272: The
                   1273: .Fl A
                   1274: flag makes
                   1275: .Ic new-session
                   1276: behave like
                   1277: .Ic attach-session
                   1278: if
                   1279: .Ar session-name
1.416     nicm     1280: already exists; in this case,
1.338     nicm     1281: .Fl D
                   1282: behaves like
                   1283: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1284: to
                   1285: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1286: and
                   1287: .Fl X
                   1288: behaves like
                   1289: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1290: to
                   1291: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1292: .Pp
                   1293: If
                   1294: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1295: is given, it specifies a
                   1296: .Ic session group .
                   1297: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1298: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1299: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1300: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1301: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1302: The
                   1303: .Ar group-name
                   1304: argument may be:
                   1305: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1306: .It
                   1307: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1308: group;
                   1309: .It
                   1310: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1311: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1312: .It
                   1313: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1314: .El
                   1315: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1316: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1317: and
1.153     nicm     1318: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1319: are invalid if
                   1320: .Fl t
                   1321: is used.
1.351     nicm     1322: .Pp
                   1323: The
                   1324: .Fl P
                   1325: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1326: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1327: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1328: but a different format may be specified with
                   1329: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1330: .Pp
                   1331: If
                   1332: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1333: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1334: .Ic update-environment
                   1335: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1336: .Fl e
                   1337: takes the form
                   1338: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1339: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1340: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1341: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1342: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.881     nicm     1343: .Op Fl cDLRSU
1.773     nicm     1344: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1345: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1346: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1347: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.881     nicm     1348: .Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
1.248     nicm     1349: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1350: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1351: .Xc
1.870     kn       1352: .D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
1.57      jmc      1353: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1354: with
                   1355: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1356: If
                   1357: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1358: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1359: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1360: The
                   1361: .Fl U ,
                   1362: .Fl D ,
                   1363: .Fl L
                   1364: .Fl R ,
                   1365: and
                   1366: .Fl c
                   1367: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1368: to be changed.
                   1369: .Fl U
                   1370: moves the visible part up by
                   1371: .Ar adjustment
                   1372: rows and
                   1373: .Fl D
                   1374: down,
                   1375: .Fl L
                   1376: left by
                   1377: .Ar adjustment
                   1378: columns and
                   1379: .Fl R
                   1380: right.
                   1381: .Fl c
                   1382: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1383: If
                   1384: .Ar adjustment
                   1385: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1386: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1387: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1388: it.
                   1389: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1390: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1391: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1392: control mode client,
                   1393: .Ar size
                   1394: must be one of
                   1395: .Ql widthxheight
                   1396: or
                   1397: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1398: for example
                   1399: .Ql 80x24
                   1400: or
                   1401: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1402: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1403: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1404: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1405: .Ql % ) ,
                   1406: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1407: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1408: .Ql off ,
                   1409: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1410: or
1.781     nicm     1411: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1412: If
                   1413: .Ql off ,
                   1414: .Nm
                   1415: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1416: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1417: If
                   1418: .Ql continue ,
                   1419: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1420: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1421: .Ar pause-after
                   1422: flag).
1.781     nicm     1423: If
                   1424: .Ql pause ,
                   1425: .Nm
                   1426: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1427: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1428: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1429: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1430: .Fl B
                   1431: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1432: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1433: .Ar name
                   1434: is a name for the subscription;
                   1435: .Ar what
                   1436: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1437: .Ar format
                   1438: is the format.
                   1439: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1440: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1441: notification, at most once a second.
                   1442: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1443: .Ar what
                   1444: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1445: a pane ID such as
                   1446: .Ql %0 ;
                   1447: .Ql %*
                   1448: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1449: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1450: .Ql @0 ;
                   1451: or
                   1452: .Ql @*
                   1453: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1454: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1455: .Fl f
                   1456: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1457: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1458: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1459: .Fl l
                   1460: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1461: .Xr xterm 1
1.881     nicm     1462: escape sequence.
                   1463: If
                   1464: Ar target-pane
                   1465: is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
                   1466: new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1467: .Pp
                   1468: .Fl L ,
                   1469: .Fl R ,
                   1470: .Fl U
                   1471: and
                   1472: .Fl D
                   1473: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1474: by
                   1475: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1476: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1477: .Fl c
                   1478: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1479: See the
                   1480: .Ic window-size
                   1481: option.
1.858     kn       1482: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1483: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1484: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1485: .Ar new-name
                   1486: .Xc
1.870     kn       1487: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
1.57      jmc      1488: Rename the session to
                   1489: .Ar new-name .
1.888     nicm     1490: .It Xo Ic server-access
                   1491: .Op Fl adlrw
                   1492: .Op Ar user
                   1493: .Xc
                   1494: Change the access or read/write permission of
                   1495: .Ar user .
                   1496: The user running the
                   1497: .Nm
                   1498: server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
                   1499: permitted access.
                   1500: .Pp
                   1501: .Fl a
                   1502: and
                   1503: .Fl d
                   1504: are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
                   1505: If the user is already attached, the
                   1506: .Fl d
                   1507: flag causes their clients to be detached.
                   1508: .Pp
                   1509: .Fl r
                   1510: and
                   1511: .Fl w
                   1512: change the permissions for
                   1513: .Ar user :
                   1514: .Fl r
                   1515: makes their clients read-only and
                   1516: .Fl w
                   1517: writable.
                   1518: .Fl l
                   1519: lists current access permissions.
                   1520: .Pp
                   1521: By default, the access list is empty and
                   1522: .Nm
                   1523: creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
                   1524: other than the owner (and root).
                   1525: These permissions must be changed manually.
                   1526: Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
                   1527: read-only.
1.858     kn       1528: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1529: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1530: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1531: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1532: .Xc
1.870     kn       1533: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
1.764     nicm     1534: Show server messages or information.
                   1535: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1536: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1537: server option.
1.377     nicm     1538: .Fl J
                   1539: and
                   1540: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1541: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1542: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1543: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1544: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.910     kn       1545: .Ar path ...
1.488     tim      1546: .Xc
1.870     kn       1547: .D1 Pq alias: Ic source
1.659     nicm     1548: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1549: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1550: (which may be
1.607     kn       1551: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1552: patterns).
1.488     tim      1553: If
1.793     nicm     1554: .Fl F
                   1555: is present, then
                   1556: .Ar path
                   1557: is expanded as a format.
                   1558: If
1.488     tim      1559: .Fl q
                   1560: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1561: .Ar path
                   1562: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1563: With
                   1564: .Fl n ,
                   1565: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1566: .Fl v
                   1567: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1568: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1569: .It Ic start-server
1.870     kn       1570: .D1 Pq alias: Ic start
1.57      jmc      1571: Start the
1.1       nicm     1572: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1573: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1574: .Pp
                   1575: Note that as by default the
                   1576: .Nm
                   1577: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created in
                   1578: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf ,
                   1579: .Ic exit-empty
                   1580: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1581: For example:
                   1582: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1583: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1584: .Ed
1.858     kn       1585: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1586: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1587: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1588: .Xc
1.870     kn       1589: .D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
1.57      jmc      1590: Suspend a client by sending
                   1591: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1592: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1593: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1594: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1595: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1596: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1597: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1598: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1599: .Xc
1.870     kn       1600: .D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
1.57      jmc      1601: Switch the current session for client
                   1602: .Ar target-client
                   1603: to
                   1604: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1605: As a special case,
                   1606: .Fl t
                   1607: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1608: .Ql \&: ,
                   1609: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1610: or
1.636     jmc      1611: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1612: to change session, window and pane.
                   1613: In that case,
                   1614: .Fl Z
                   1615: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1616: If
1.197     jmc      1617: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1618: .Fl n
                   1619: or
                   1620: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1621: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1622: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1623: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1624: toggles the client
                   1625: .Ic read-only
                   1626: and
                   1627: .Ic ignore-size
                   1628: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1629: .Ic attach-session
                   1630: command).
1.436     nicm     1631: .Pp
                   1632: If
                   1633: .Fl E
                   1634: is used,
                   1635: .Ic update-environment
                   1636: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1637: .Pp
                   1638: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1639: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1640: from
1.421     nicm     1641: .Ar key-table .
                   1642: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1643: sequences of keys.
                   1644: For example, to make typing
                   1645: .Ql abc
                   1646: run the
                   1647: .Ic list-keys
                   1648: command:
                   1649: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1650: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1651: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1652: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1653: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1654: .El
                   1655: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1656: Each window displayed by
                   1657: .Nm
                   1658: may be split into one or more
                   1659: .Em panes ;
                   1660: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1661: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1662: .Ic split-window
                   1663: command.
                   1664: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1665: .Fl h
                   1666: flag) or vertically.
                   1667: Panes may be resized with the
                   1668: .Ic resize-pane
                   1669: command (bound to
                   1670: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1671: .Ql C-Down
                   1672: .Ql C-Left
                   1673: and
                   1674: .Ql C-Right
                   1675: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1676: .Ic select-pane
                   1677: command and the
                   1678: .Ic rotate-window
                   1679: and
                   1680: .Ic swap-pane
                   1681: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1682: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1683: .Pp
                   1684: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1685: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1686: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1687: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1688: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1689: .It
                   1690: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1691: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1692: .Em paste buffer
                   1693: for later insertion into another window.
                   1694: This mode is entered with the
                   1695: .Ic copy-mode
                   1696: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1697: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1698: by default.
1.734     nicm     1699: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1700: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1701: command, bound to
                   1702: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1703: .It
                   1704: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1705: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1706: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1707: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1708: .It
                   1709: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1710: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1711: This mode is entered with the
                   1712: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1713: .Ic choose-client
                   1714: and
                   1715: .Ic choose-tree
                   1716: commands.
                   1717: .El
1.1       nicm     1718: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1719: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1720: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1721: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1722: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1723: .Fl X
                   1724: flag to the
                   1725: .Ic send-keys
                   1726: command.
                   1727: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1728: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1729: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1730: option:
                   1731: .Ic copy-mode
                   1732: for emacs, or
                   1733: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1734: for vi.
                   1735: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1736: .Ic list-keys
                   1737: command.
                   1738: .Pp
                   1739: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.648     nicm     1740: .Bl -column "CommandXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXXXXXXXX" "emacs" -offset indent
1.497     nicm     1741: .It Sy "Command" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
                   1742: .It Li "append-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1743: .It Li "append-selection-and-cancel" Ta "A" Ta ""
                   1744: .It Li "back-to-indentation" Ta "^" Ta "M-m"
                   1745: .It Li "begin-selection" Ta "Space" Ta "C-Space"
                   1746: .It Li "bottom-line" Ta "L" Ta ""
                   1747: .It Li "cancel" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
                   1748: .It Li "clear-selection" Ta "Escape" Ta "C-g"
1.847     nicm     1749: .It Li "copy-end-of-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1750: .It Li "copy-end-of-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1751: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1752: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
1.633     nicm     1753: .It Li "copy-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.847     nicm     1754: .It Li "copy-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1755: .It Li "copy-pipe-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1756: .It Li "copy-pipe-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.742     nicm     1757: .It Li "copy-pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1758: .It Li "copy-pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1759: .It Li "copy-pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1760: .It Li "copy-selection [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.638     nicm     1761: .It Li "copy-selection-no-clear [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1762: .It Li "copy-selection-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "Enter" Ta "M-w"
1.497     nicm     1763: .It Li "cursor-down" Ta "j" Ta "Down"
1.685     nicm     1764: .It Li "cursor-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1765: .It Li "cursor-left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   1766: .It Li "cursor-right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   1767: .It Li "cursor-up" Ta "k" Ta "Up"
                   1768: .It Li "end-of-line" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   1769: .It Li "goto-line <line>" Ta ":" Ta "g"
                   1770: .It Li "halfpage-down" Ta "C-d" Ta "M-Down"
1.589     nicm     1771: .It Li "halfpage-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1772: .It Li "halfpage-up" Ta "C-u" Ta "M-Up"
1.589     nicm     1773: .It Li "history-bottom" Ta "G" Ta "M->"
                   1774: .It Li "history-top" Ta "g" Ta "M-<"
1.497     nicm     1775: .It Li "jump-again" Ta ";" Ta ";"
                   1776: .It Li "jump-backward <to>" Ta "F" Ta "F"
                   1777: .It Li "jump-forward <to>" Ta "f" Ta "f"
                   1778: .It Li "jump-reverse" Ta "," Ta ","
                   1779: .It Li "jump-to-backward <to>" Ta "T" Ta ""
                   1780: .It Li "jump-to-forward <to>" Ta "t" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1781: .It Li "jump-to-mark" Ta "M-x" Ta "M-x"
1.497     nicm     1782: .It Li "middle-line" Ta "M" Ta "M-r"
1.678     nicm     1783: .It Li "next-matching-bracket" Ta "%" Ta "M-C-f"
1.497     nicm     1784: .It Li "next-paragraph" Ta "}" Ta "M-}"
                   1785: .It Li "next-space" Ta "W" Ta ""
                   1786: .It Li "next-space-end" Ta "E" Ta ""
                   1787: .It Li "next-word" Ta "w" Ta ""
                   1788: .It Li "next-word-end" Ta "e" Ta "M-f"
                   1789: .It Li "other-end" Ta "o" Ta ""
                   1790: .It Li "page-down" Ta "C-f" Ta "PageDown"
1.589     nicm     1791: .It Li "page-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1792: .It Li "page-up" Ta "C-b" Ta "PageUp"
1.820     nicm     1793: .It Li "pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1794: .It Li "pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1795: .It Li "pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.678     nicm     1796: .It Li "previous-matching-bracket" Ta "" Ta "M-C-b"
1.497     nicm     1797: .It Li "previous-paragraph" Ta "{" Ta "M-{"
                   1798: .It Li "previous-space" Ta "B" Ta ""
                   1799: .It Li "previous-word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
1.813     nicm     1800: .It Li "rectangle-on" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1801: .It Li "rectangle-off" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1802: .It Li "rectangle-toggle" Ta "v" Ta "R"
1.732     nicm     1803: .It Li "refresh-from-pane" Ta "r" Ta "r"
1.497     nicm     1804: .It Li "scroll-down" Ta "C-e" Ta "C-Down"
1.589     nicm     1805: .It Li "scroll-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1806: .It Li "scroll-up" Ta "C-y" Ta "C-Up"
                   1807: .It Li "search-again" Ta "n" Ta "n"
1.517     nicm     1808: .It Li "search-backward <for>" Ta "?" Ta ""
1.726     nicm     1809: .It Li "search-backward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-r"
                   1810: .It Li "search-backward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.517     nicm     1811: .It Li "search-forward <for>" Ta "/" Ta ""
                   1812: .It Li "search-forward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-s"
1.726     nicm     1813: .It Li "search-forward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.903     nicm     1814: .It Li "scroll-bottom" Ta "" Ta ""
1.900     nicm     1815: .It Li "scroll-middle" Ta "z" Ta ""
1.903     nicm     1816: .It Li "scroll-top" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1817: .It Li "search-reverse" Ta "N" Ta "N"
                   1818: .It Li "select-line" Ta "V" Ta ""
1.634     nicm     1819: .It Li "select-word" Ta "" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1820: .It Li "set-mark" Ta "X" Ta "X"
1.497     nicm     1821: .It Li "start-of-line" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
1.515     nicm     1822: .It Li "stop-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
1.876     nicm     1823: .It Li "toggle-position" Ta "P" Ta "P"
1.497     nicm     1824: .It Li "top-line" Ta "H" Ta "M-R"
1.1       nicm     1825: .El
1.726     nicm     1826: .Pp
                   1827: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   1828: .Ql search-forward
                   1829: and
                   1830: .Ql search-backward
                   1831: search for a regular expression;
                   1832: the
                   1833: .Ql -text
                   1834: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   1835: .Ql -incremental
                   1836: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   1837: .Fl i
                   1838: flag to the
                   1839: .Ic command-prompt
                   1840: command.
                   1841: .Ql search-again
                   1842: repeats the last search and
                   1843: .Ql search-reverse
                   1844: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   1845: becomes forward).
1.589     nicm     1846: .Pp
1.633     nicm     1847: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   1848: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   1849: .Ql buffer
                   1850: so buffers are named
                   1851: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   1852: .Ql buffer1
                   1853: and so on).
                   1854: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     1855: selected text is piped.
                   1856: .Ql copy-pipe
                   1857: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     1858: The
                   1859: .Ql -and-cancel
                   1860: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   1861: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     1862: .Ql -no-clear
                   1863: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     1864: .Pp
1.841     nicm     1865: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   1866: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   1867: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     1868: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     1869: session option.
1.146     nicm     1870: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   1871: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   1872: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   1873: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     1874: Setting
                   1875: .Em word-separators
                   1876: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     1877: .Pp
                   1878: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   1879: For instance, typing
                   1880: .Ql f
                   1881: followed by
                   1882: .Ql /
                   1883: will move the cursor to the next
                   1884: .Ql /
                   1885: character on the current line.
                   1886: A
                   1887: .Ql \&;
                   1888: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     1889: .Pp
1.155     nicm     1890: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   1891: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   1892: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   1893: .Pp
1.164     nicm     1894: The synopsis for the
                   1895: .Ic copy-mode
                   1896: command is:
1.57      jmc      1897: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1898: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     1899: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     1900: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     1901: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      1902: .Xc
                   1903: Enter copy mode.
                   1904: The
                   1905: .Fl u
                   1906: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     1907: .Fl M
                   1908: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      1909: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     1910: .Fl H
                   1911: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     1912: .Fl q
                   1913: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     1914: .Fl s
                   1915: copies from
                   1916: .Ar src-pane
                   1917: instead of
1.736     nicm     1918: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     1919: .Pp
1.450     nicm     1920: .Fl e
                   1921: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   1922: should exit copy mode.
                   1923: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   1924: disable this behaviour.
                   1925: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   1926: example with:
                   1927: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1928: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   1929: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1930: .El
1.18      nicm     1931: .Pp
1.679     nicm     1932: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called layouts.
1.38      nicm     1933: These may be selected with the
                   1934: .Ic select-layout
                   1935: command or cycled with
                   1936: .Ic next-layout
                   1937: (bound to
1.149     nicm     1938: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     1939: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   1940: as normal.
1.1       nicm     1941: .Pp
                   1942: The following layouts are supported:
                   1943: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1944: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   1945: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   1946: .It Ic even-vertical
                   1947: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     1948: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     1949: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   1950: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     1951: Use the
                   1952: .Em main-pane-height
                   1953: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     1954: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     1955: Similar to
                   1956: .Ic main-horizontal
                   1957: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   1958: bottom along the right.
                   1959: See the
                   1960: .Em main-pane-width
                   1961: window option.
1.165     nicm     1962: .It Ic tiled
                   1963: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   1964: columns.
1.1       nicm     1965: .El
1.8       nicm     1966: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1967: In addition,
                   1968: .Ic select-layout
                   1969: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   1970: .Ic list-windows
                   1971: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   1972: .Ic select-layout .
                   1973: For example:
                   1974: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1975: $ tmux list-windows
                   1976: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   1977:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
1.911     nicm     1978: $ tmux select-layout 'bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}'
1.181     nicm     1979: .Ed
1.196     nicm     1980: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1981: .Nm
                   1982: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   1983: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   1984: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   1985: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1986: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   1987: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1988: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      1989: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     1990: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     1991: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     1992: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     1993: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     1994: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      1995: .Xc
1.870     kn       1996: .D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
1.57      jmc      1997: Break
1.440     nicm     1998: .Ar src-pane
                   1999: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   2000: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     2001: With
1.784     nicm     2002: .Fl a
                   2003: or
                   2004: .Fl b ,
                   2005: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   2006: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      2007: If
                   2008: .Fl d
                   2009: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     2010: The
                   2011: .Fl P
                   2012: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2013: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     2014: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     2015: but a different format may be specified with
                   2016: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2017: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     2018: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.902     nicm     2019: .Op Fl aAepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     2020: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     2021: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   2022: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     2023: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2024: .Xc
1.870     kn       2025: .D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
1.322     nicm     2026: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   2027: If
                   2028: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     2029: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     2030: .Fl b
                   2031: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     2032: If
                   2033: .Fl a
                   2034: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     2035: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   2036: .Fl q
                   2037: is given.
1.326     nicm     2038: If
                   2039: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     2040: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   2041: attributes.
                   2042: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     2043: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.902     nicm     2044: .Fl T
                   2045: ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
1.680     nicm     2046: .Fl N
                   2047: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     2048: .Fl J
1.902     nicm     2049: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
                   2050: .Fl J
                   2051: implies
                   2052: .Fl T .
1.346     nicm     2053: .Fl P
                   2054: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2055: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2056: .Pp
                   2057: .Fl S
                   2058: and
                   2059: .Fl E
                   2060: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2061: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2062: .Ql -
                   2063: to
                   2064: .Fl S
                   2065: is the start of the history and to
                   2066: .Fl E
                   2067: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2068: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2069: .It Xo
                   2070: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2071: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2072: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2073: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2074: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2075: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2076: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2077: .Op Ar template
                   2078: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2079: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2080: a list.
1.833     nicm     2081: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2082: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2083: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2084: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2085: .Fl Z
                   2086: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2087: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2088: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2089: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2090: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2091: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2092: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2093: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2094: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2095: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2096: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2097: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2098: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2099: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2100: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2101: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2102: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2103: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2104: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2105: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2106: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2107: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2108: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2109: .El
                   2110: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2111: After a client is chosen,
                   2112: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2113: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2114: .Ar template
                   2115: and the result executed as a command.
                   2116: If
                   2117: .Ar template
                   2118: is not given, "detach-client -t '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     2119: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2120: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2121: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2122: .Ql name ,
                   2123: .Ql size ,
1.895     nicm     2124: .Ql creation
                   2125: (time),
1.561     nicm     2126: or
1.895     nicm     2127: .Ql activity
                   2128: (time).
1.682     nicm     2129: .Fl r
                   2130: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2131: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2132: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2133: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2134: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2135: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2136: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2137: .Fl K
                   2138: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2139: .Fl N
                   2140: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2141: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2142: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2143: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2144: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2145: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2146: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2147: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2148: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2149: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2150: .Op Ar template
                   2151: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2152: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2153: interactively from a tree.
                   2154: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2155: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2156: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2157: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2158: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2159: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2160: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2161: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2162: .Fl Z
                   2163: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2164: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2165: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2166: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2167: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2168: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2169: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2170: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2171: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2172: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2173: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2174: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2175: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2176: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2177: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2178: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2179: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2180: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2181: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2182: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2183: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2184: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2185: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2186: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2187: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2188: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2189: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2190: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2191: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2192: .El
1.320     nicm     2193: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2194: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2195: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2196: and all instances of
                   2197: .Ql %1
                   2198: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2199: .Ar template
                   2200: and the result executed as a command.
                   2201: If
                   2202: .Ar template
1.555     nicm     2203: is not given, "switch-client -t '%%'" is used.
                   2204: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2205: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2206: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2207: .Ql index ,
                   2208: .Ql name ,
                   2209: or
1.895     nicm     2210: .Ql time
                   2211: (activity).
1.682     nicm     2212: .Fl r
                   2213: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2214: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2215: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2216: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2217: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2218: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2219: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2220: .Fl K
                   2221: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2222: .Fl N
                   2223: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2224: .Fl G
                   2225: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2226: first.
1.766     nicm     2227: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2228: .It Xo
                   2229: .Ic customize-mode
                   2230: .Op Fl NZ
                   2231: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2232: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2233: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2234: .Op Ar template
                   2235: .Xc
                   2236: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2237: and modified from a list.
                   2238: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2239: .Fl Z
                   2240: zooms the pane.
                   2241: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2242: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2243: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2244: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2245: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2246: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2247: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2248: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2249: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2250: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2251: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2252: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2253: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2254: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2255: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2256: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2257: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2258: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2259: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2260: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2261: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2262: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2263: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2264: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2265: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2266: .El
                   2267: .Pp
                   2268: .Fl f
                   2269: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2270: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2271: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2272: .Fl F
                   2273: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2274: .Fl N
                   2275: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2276: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2277: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2278: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2279: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2280: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2281: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2282: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2283: .Op Ar template
                   2284: .Xc
1.870     kn       2285: .D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
1.78      nicm     2286: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2287: .Ar target-client .
                   2288: See the
1.573     nicm     2289: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2290: and
1.145     nicm     2291: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2292: session options.
1.804     nicm     2293: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2294: .Fl N
                   2295: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2296: .Ar duration
                   2297: milliseconds have passed.
                   2298: If
                   2299: .Fl d
                   2300: is not given,
                   2301: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2302: is used.
                   2303: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2304: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2305: .Ql 0
                   2306: to
                   2307: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2308: keys, which will cause
                   2309: .Ar template
                   2310: to be executed as a command with
                   2311: .Ql %%
                   2312: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2313: The default
                   2314: .Ar template
                   2315: is "select-pane -t '%%'".
1.616     nicm     2316: With
                   2317: .Fl b ,
                   2318: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2319: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2320: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2321: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2322: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2323: .Ar match-string
                   2324: .Xc
1.870     kn       2325: .D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
1.670     nicm     2326: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2327: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2328: pattern or, with
                   2329: .Fl r ,
                   2330: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2331: .Ar match-string
                   2332: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2333: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2334: .Fl C
                   2335: matches only visible window contents,
                   2336: .Fl N
                   2337: matches only the window name and
                   2338: .Fl T
                   2339: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2340: .Fl i
                   2341: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2342: The default is
                   2343: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2344: .Fl Z
                   2345: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2346: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2347: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2348: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2349: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2350: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2351: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2352: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2353: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2354: .Xc
1.870     kn       2355: .D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
1.137     nicm     2356: Like
                   2357: .Ic split-window ,
                   2358: but instead of splitting
                   2359: .Ar dst-pane
                   2360: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2361: .Ar src-pane
                   2362: into the space.
                   2363: This can be used to reverse
                   2364: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2365: The
                   2366: .Fl b
                   2367: option causes
                   2368: .Ar src-pane
                   2369: to be joined to left of or above
                   2370: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2371: .Pp
                   2372: If
                   2373: .Fl s
                   2374: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2375: .Ic select-pane
                   2376: .Fl m ) ,
                   2377: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2378: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2379: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2380: .Op Fl a
                   2381: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2382: .Xc
1.870     kn       2383: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
1.57      jmc      2384: Destroy the given pane.
                   2385: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2386: The
                   2387: .Fl a
                   2388: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2389: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2390: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2391: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2392: .Op Fl a
                   2393: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2394: .Xc
1.870     kn       2395: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
1.57      jmc      2396: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2397: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2398: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2399: The
                   2400: .Fl a
                   2401: option kills all but the window given with
                   2402: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2403: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2404: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2405: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2406: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2407: .Xc
1.870     kn       2408: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
1.187     nicm     2409: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2410: .Fl Z
                   2411: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2412: .Fl e
                   2413: enables or
                   2414: .Fl d
                   2415: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2416: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2417: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       2418: .D1 Pq alias: Ic last
1.1       nicm     2419: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2420: If no
                   2421: .Ar target-session
                   2422: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2423: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2424: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2425: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2426: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2427: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2428: .Xc
1.870     kn       2429: .D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
1.1       nicm     2430: Link the window at
                   2431: .Ar src-window
                   2432: to the specified
                   2433: .Ar dst-window .
                   2434: If
                   2435: .Ar dst-window
                   2436: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2437: .Ar src-window
                   2438: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2439: With
1.784     nicm     2440: .Fl a
                   2441: or
                   2442: .Fl b
                   2443: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2444: .Ar dst-window
                   2445: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2446: If
                   2447: .Fl k
                   2448: is given and
                   2449: .Ar dst-window
                   2450: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2451: If
                   2452: .Fl d
                   2453: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2454: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2455: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2456: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2457: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2458: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2459: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2460: .Xc
1.870     kn       2461: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
1.214     nicm     2462: If
                   2463: .Fl a
                   2464: is given,
                   2465: .Ar target
                   2466: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2467: If
                   2468: .Fl s
                   2469: is given,
                   2470: .Ar target
                   2471: is a session (or the current session).
                   2472: If neither is given,
                   2473: .Ar target
                   2474: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2475: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2476: specifies the format of each line and
                   2477: .Fl f
                   2478: a filter.
                   2479: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2480: See the
1.247     nicm     2481: .Sx FORMATS
                   2482: section.
1.858     kn       2483: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2484: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2485: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2486: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2487: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2488: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2489: .Xc
1.870     kn       2490: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
1.214     nicm     2491: If
                   2492: .Fl a
                   2493: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2494: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2495: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2496: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2497: specifies the format of each line and
                   2498: .Fl f
                   2499: a filter.
                   2500: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2501: See the
1.245     nicm     2502: .Sx FORMATS
                   2503: section.
1.858     kn       2504: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2505: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2506: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2507: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2508: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2509: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2510: .Xc
1.870     kn       2511: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
1.749     nicm     2512: Does the same as
                   2513: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2514: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2515: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2516: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2517: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2518: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2519: .Xc
1.870     kn       2520: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
1.1       nicm     2521: This is similar to
                   2522: .Ic link-window ,
                   2523: except the window at
                   2524: .Ar src-window
                   2525: is moved to
                   2526: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2527: With
                   2528: .Fl r ,
                   2529: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2530: the
                   2531: .Ic base-index
                   2532: option.
1.858     kn       2533: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2534: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2535: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2536: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2537: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2538: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2539: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2540: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2541: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2542: .Xc
1.870     kn       2543: .D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
1.1       nicm     2544: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2545: With
1.784     nicm     2546: .Fl a
                   2547: or
                   2548: .Fl b ,
                   2549: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2550: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2551: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2552: otherwise
                   2553: .Ar target-window
                   2554: is the new window location.
                   2555: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2556: If
                   2557: .Fl d
                   2558: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2559: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2560: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2561: shown, unless the
                   2562: .Fl k
                   2563: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2564: If
                   2565: .Fl S
                   2566: is given and a window named
                   2567: .Ar window-name
                   2568: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2569: .Fl d
                   2570: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2571: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2572: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2573: is the command to execute.
                   2574: If
1.153     nicm     2575: .Ar shell-command
                   2576: is not specified, the value of the
                   2577: .Ic default-command
                   2578: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2579: .Fl c
                   2580: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2581: .Pp
                   2582: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2583: See the
                   2584: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2585: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2586: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2587: .Fl e
                   2588: takes the form
                   2589: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2590: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2591: specified multiple times.
                   2592: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2593: The
                   2594: .Ev TERM
                   2595: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2596: .Ql screen
                   2597: or
                   2598: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2599: for all programs running
                   2600: .Em inside
                   2601: .Nm .
                   2602: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2603: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2604: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2605: start-up files or by the
                   2606: .Fl e
                   2607: option.
1.201     nicm     2608: .Pp
                   2609: The
                   2610: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2611: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2612: By default, it uses the format
                   2613: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2614: but a different format may be specified with
                   2615: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2616: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2617: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.870     kn       2618: .D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
1.1       nicm     2619: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2620: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2621: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2622: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2623: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2624: .Xc
1.870     kn       2625: .D1 Pq alias: Ic next
1.1       nicm     2626: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2627: If
1.12      jmc      2628: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2629: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2630: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2631: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2632: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2633: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2634: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2635: .Xc
1.870     kn       2636: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
1.591     nicm     2637: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2638: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2639: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2640: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2641: closed before
1.153     nicm     2642: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2643: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2644: The
                   2645: .Ar shell-command
                   2646: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2647: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2648: option.
1.107     nicm     2649: If no
1.153     nicm     2650: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2651: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2652: .Pp
                   2653: .Fl I
                   2654: and
                   2655: .Fl O
                   2656: specify which of the
                   2657: .Ar shell-command
                   2658: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2659: with
                   2660: .Fl I
                   2661: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2662: .Ar shell-command
                   2663: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2664: with
                   2665: .Fl O
                   2666: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2667: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2668: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2669: .Fl O
                   2670: is used.
1.107     nicm     2671: .Pp
                   2672: The
                   2673: .Fl o
                   2674: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2675: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2676: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.174     nicm     2677: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o 'cat >>~/output.#I-#P'
1.107     nicm     2678: .Ed
1.858     kn       2679: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2680: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2681: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2682: .Xc
1.870     kn       2683: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
1.176     nicm     2684: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2685: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2686: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2687: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2688: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2689: .Xc
1.870     kn       2690: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
1.1       nicm     2691: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2692: With
                   2693: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2694: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2695: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2696: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2697: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2698: .Ar new-name
                   2699: .Xc
1.870     kn       2700: .D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
1.1       nicm     2701: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2702: .Ar target-window
                   2703: if specified, to
                   2704: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2705: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2706: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2707: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2708: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2709: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2710: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2711: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2712: .Xc
1.870     kn       2713: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
1.324     nicm     2714: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2715: .Ar adjustment
                   2716: with
                   2717: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2718: .Fl D ,
                   2719: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2720: or
                   2721: .Fl R ,
                   2722: or
                   2723: to an absolute size
                   2724: with
                   2725: .Fl x
                   2726: or
                   2727: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2728: The
                   2729: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2730: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2731: .Fl x
                   2732: and
                   2733: .Fl y
                   2734: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2735: .Ql %
                   2736: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2737: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2738: With
                   2739: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2740: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2741: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2742: .Pp
                   2743: .Fl M
                   2744: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2745: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2746: .Pp
                   2747: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2748: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2749: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2750: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2751: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2752: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2753: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2754: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2755: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2756: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2757: .Xc
1.870     kn       2758: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
1.629     nicm     2759: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2760: .Ar adjustment
                   2761: with
                   2762: .Fl U ,
                   2763: .Fl D ,
                   2764: .Fl L
                   2765: or
                   2766: .Fl R ,
                   2767: or
                   2768: to an absolute size
                   2769: with
                   2770: .Fl x
                   2771: or
                   2772: .Fl y .
                   2773: The
                   2774: .Ar adjustment
                   2775: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2776: .Fl A
                   2777: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2778: .Fl a
                   2779: the size of the smallest.
                   2780: This command will automatically set
                   2781: .Ic window-size
                   2782: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2783: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2784: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2785: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2786: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2787: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2788: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2789: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2790: .Xc
1.870     kn       2791: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
1.234     nicm     2792: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   2793: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2794: window option).
                   2795: If
                   2796: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2797: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   2798: executed.
1.234     nicm     2799: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   2800: .Fl k
                   2801: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2802: .Fl c
                   2803: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     2804: The
                   2805: .Fl e
                   2806: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2807: .Ic new-window
                   2808: command.
1.858     kn       2809: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      2810: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     2811: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2812: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2813: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      2814: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2815: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      2816: .Xc
1.870     kn       2817: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
1.153     nicm     2818: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      2819: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2820: window option).
                   2821: If
1.153     nicm     2822: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2823: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   2824: executed.
1.57      jmc      2825: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   2826: .Fl k
                   2827: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2828: .Fl c
                   2829: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     2830: The
                   2831: .Fl e
                   2832: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2833: .Ic new-window
                   2834: command.
1.858     kn       2835: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      2836: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     2837: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      2838: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2839: .Xc
1.870     kn       2840: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
1.57      jmc      2841: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   2842: lower) with
                   2843: .Fl U
                   2844: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     2845: .Fl Z
                   2846: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       2847: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      2848: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     2849: .Op Fl Enop
                   2850: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2851: .Op Ar layout-name
                   2852: .Xc
1.870     kn       2853: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
1.57      jmc      2854: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   2855: If
                   2856: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     2857: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     2858: .Fl n
                   2859: and
                   2860: .Fl p
                   2861: are equivalent to the
                   2862: .Ic next-layout
                   2863: and
                   2864: .Ic previous-layout
                   2865: commands.
1.424     nicm     2866: .Fl o
                   2867: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     2868: .Fl E
                   2869: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       2870: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     2871: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     2872: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     2873: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     2874: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2875: .Xc
1.870     kn       2876: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
1.57      jmc      2877: Make pane
                   2878: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     2879: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     2880: If one of
                   2881: .Fl D ,
                   2882: .Fl L ,
                   2883: .Fl R ,
                   2884: or
                   2885: .Fl U
                   2886: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   2887: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     2888: .Fl Z
                   2889: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     2890: .Fl l
                   2891: is the same as using the
                   2892: .Ic last-pane
                   2893: command.
1.398     nicm     2894: .Fl e
                   2895: enables or
                   2896: .Fl d
                   2897: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     2898: .Fl T
                   2899: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     2900: .Pp
1.432     nicm     2901: .Fl m
                   2902: and
                   2903: .Fl M
                   2904: are used to set and clear the
                   2905: .Em marked pane .
                   2906: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   2907: The marked pane is the default target for
                   2908: .Fl s
                   2909: to
                   2910: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     2911: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     2912: .Ic swap-pane
                   2913: and
                   2914: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       2915: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     2916: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     2917: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     2918: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2919: .Xc
1.870     kn       2920: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
1.57      jmc      2921: Select the window at
                   2922: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     2923: .Fl l ,
                   2924: .Fl n
                   2925: and
                   2926: .Fl p
                   2927: are equivalent to the
                   2928: .Ic last-window ,
                   2929: .Ic next-window
                   2930: and
                   2931: .Ic previous-window
                   2932: commands.
1.310     nicm     2933: If
                   2934: .Fl T
                   2935: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   2936: the command behaves like
                   2937: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       2938: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      2939: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     2940: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     2941: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2942: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     2943: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     2944: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2945: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     2946: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      2947: .Xc
1.870     kn       2948: .D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
1.136     nicm     2949: Create a new pane by splitting
                   2950: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      2951: .Fl h
                   2952: does a horizontal split and
                   2953: .Fl v
                   2954: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   2955: .Fl v
                   2956: is assumed.
                   2957: The
                   2958: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     2959: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   2960: columns (for horizontal split);
                   2961: .Ar size
                   2962: may be followed by
                   2963: .Ql %
                   2964: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     2965: The
                   2966: .Fl b
                   2967: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   2968: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     2969: The
                   2970: .Fl f
                   2971: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   2972: .Fl h )
                   2973: or full window width (with
                   2974: .Fl v ) ,
                   2975: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     2976: .Fl Z
                   2977: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     2978: .Pp
                   2979: An empty
                   2980: .Ar shell-command
                   2981: ('') will create a pane with no command running in it.
                   2982: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   2983: .Ic display-message
                   2984: command.
                   2985: The
                   2986: .Fl I
                   2987: flag (if
                   2988: .Ar shell-command
                   2989: is not specified or empty)
                   2990: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   2991: For example:
                   2992: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2993: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   2994: .Ed
                   2995: .Pp
1.136     nicm     2996: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      2997: .Ic new-window
                   2998: command.
1.858     kn       2999: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      3000: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     3001: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      3002: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   3003: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   3004: .Xc
1.870     kn       3005: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
1.57      jmc      3006: Swap two panes.
                   3007: If
                   3008: .Fl U
                   3009: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   3010: .Fl s ,
                   3011: .Ar dst-pane
                   3012: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   3013: .Fl D
                   3014: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     3015: .Fl d
                   3016: instructs
                   3017: .Nm
1.681     nicm     3018: not to change the active pane and
                   3019: .Fl Z
                   3020: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     3021: .Pp
                   3022: If
                   3023: .Fl s
                   3024: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3025: .Ic select-pane
                   3026: .Fl m ) ,
                   3027: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       3028: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      3029: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   3030: .Op Fl d
                   3031: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   3032: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   3033: .Xc
1.870     kn       3034: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
1.57      jmc      3035: This is similar to
                   3036: .Ic link-window ,
                   3037: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   3038: It is an error if no window exists at
                   3039: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     3040: If
                   3041: .Fl d
                   3042: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     3043: .Pp
1.705     nicm     3044: If
1.432     nicm     3045: .Fl s
                   3046: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3047: .Ic select-pane
                   3048: .Fl m ) ,
                   3049: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       3050: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3051: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     3052: .Op Fl k
                   3053: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3054: .Xc
1.870     kn       3055: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3056: Unlink
                   3057: .Ar target-window .
                   3058: Unless
                   3059: .Fl k
                   3060: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3061: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3062: if
1.1       nicm     3063: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3064: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3065: destroyed.
                   3066: .El
                   3067: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3068: .Nm
                   3069: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3070: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3071: .Ql A
                   3072: to
1.95      jmc      3073: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3074: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3075: .Ql C-
                   3076: or
1.95      jmc      3077: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3078: Shift keys with
                   3079: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3080: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3081: .Ql M- .
                   3082: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3083: .Em Up ,
                   3084: .Em Down ,
                   3085: .Em Left ,
                   3086: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3087: .Em BSpace ,
                   3088: .Em BTab ,
                   3089: .Em DC
                   3090: (Delete),
                   3091: .Em End ,
                   3092: .Em Enter ,
                   3093: .Em Escape ,
                   3094: .Em F1
                   3095: to
1.402     nicm     3096: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3097: .Em Home ,
                   3098: .Em IC
                   3099: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3100: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3101: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3102: .Em Space ,
                   3103: and
                   3104: .Em Tab .
                   3105: Note that to bind the
                   3106: .Ql \&"
                   3107: or
                   3108: .Ql '
                   3109: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3110: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3111: bind-key '"' split-window
1.167     nicm     3112: bind-key "'" new-window
1.93      nicm     3113: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3114: .Pp
                   3115: A command bound to the
                   3116: .Em Any
                   3117: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3118: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3119: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3120: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3121: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3122: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3123: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3124: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3125: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.910     kn       3126: .Ar key command Op Ar argument ...
1.1       nicm     3127: .Xc
1.870     kn       3128: .D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
1.57      jmc      3129: Bind key
                   3130: .Ar key
                   3131: to
                   3132: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3133: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3134: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3135: the
                   3136: .Em prefix
                   3137: key table.
                   3138: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3139: by default
                   3140: .Ql c
                   3141: is bound to
                   3142: .Ic new-window
                   3143: in the
                   3144: .Em prefix
                   3145: table, so
                   3146: .Ql C-b c
                   3147: creates a new window).
                   3148: The
                   3149: .Em root
                   3150: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3151: .Ql c
                   3152: to
                   3153: .Ic new-window
                   3154: in the
                   3155: .Em root
                   3156: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3157: .Ql c
                   3158: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3159: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3160: is an alias
                   3161: for
                   3162: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3163: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3164: .Ic switch-client
                   3165: .Fl T
                   3166: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3167: The
1.57      jmc      3168: .Fl r
                   3169: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3170: .Ic repeat-time
                   3171: option.
1.706     nicm     3172: .Fl N
                   3173: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3174: .Ic list-keys
                   3175: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3176: .Pp
                   3177: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3178: .Ic list-keys
                   3179: command.
1.858     kn       3180: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3181: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3182: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3183: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3184: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3185: .Xc
1.870     kn       3186: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
1.710     nicm     3187: List key bindings.
                   3188: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3189: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3190: commands;
                   3191: .Fl N
                   3192: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3193: key.
                   3194: .Pp
                   3195: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3196: .Fl T
                   3197: lists only keys in
                   3198: .Ar key-table .
                   3199: .Pp
                   3200: With the
1.706     nicm     3201: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3202: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3203: .Em root
                   3204: and
                   3205: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3206: key tables are listed by default;
                   3207: .Fl T
                   3208: also lists only keys in
                   3209: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3210: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3211: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3212: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3213: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3214: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3215: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3216: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3217: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.909     nicm     3218: .Op Fl FHKlMRX
                   3219: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.497     nicm     3220: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3221: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       3222: .Ar key ...
1.1       nicm     3223: .Xc
1.870     kn       3224: .D1 Pq alias: Ic send
1.909     nicm     3225: Send a key or keys to a window or client.
1.57      jmc      3226: Each argument
                   3227: .Ar key
                   3228: is the name of the key (such as
                   3229: .Ql C-a
                   3230: or
1.523     nicm     3231: .Ql NPage )
                   3232: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3233: characters.
1.909     nicm     3234: If
                   3235: .Fl K
                   3236: is given, keys are sent to
                   3237: .Ar target-client ,
                   3238: so they are looked up in the client's key table, rather than to
                   3239: .Ar target-pane .
1.676     nicm     3240: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3241: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3242: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3243: The
                   3244: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3245: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3246: characters.
                   3247: The
                   3248: .Fl H
                   3249: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3250: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3251: The
                   3252: .Fl R
                   3253: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3254: .Pp
                   3255: .Fl M
                   3256: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3257: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3258: .Pp
                   3259: .Fl X
                   3260: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3261: the
                   3262: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3263: section.
                   3264: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3265: specifies a repeat count and
                   3266: .Fl F
                   3267: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3268: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3269: .Op Fl 2
                   3270: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3271: .Xc
                   3272: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3273: .Fl 2
                   3274: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3275: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3276: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3277: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3278: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3279: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3280: .Xc
1.870     kn       3281: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
1.57      jmc      3282: Unbind the command bound to
                   3283: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3284: .Fl n
                   3285: and
1.421     nicm     3286: .Fl T
                   3287: are the same as for
                   3288: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3289: If
                   3290: .Fl a
                   3291: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3292: The
                   3293: .Fl q
                   3294: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3295: .El
                   3296: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3297: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3298: .Nm
                   3299: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3300: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3301: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3302: .Em session options ,
                   3303: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3304: and
1.668     nicm     3305: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3306: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3307: The
                   3308: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3309: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3310: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3311: These are altered with the
                   3312: .Ic set-option
                   3313: .Fl s
                   3314: command, or displayed with the
                   3315: .Ic show-options
                   3316: .Fl s
                   3317: command.
                   3318: .Pp
                   3319: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3320: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3321: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3322: from the global session options.
                   3323: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3324: .Ic set-option
                   3325: command and may be listed with the
                   3326: .Ic show-options
                   3327: command.
1.133     nicm     3328: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3329: .Ic set-option
                   3330: command.
                   3331: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3332: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3333: options to each pane.
                   3334: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3335: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3336: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3337: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3338: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3339: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3340: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3341: .Ed
                   3342: .Pp
                   3343: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3344: pane options are inherited.
                   3345: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3346: .Ic set-option
                   3347: .Fl w
                   3348: and
                   3349: .Fl p
                   3350: commands and displayed with
                   3351: .Ic show-option
                   3352: .Fl w
                   3353: and
                   3354: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3355: .Pp
                   3356: .Nm
                   3357: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3358: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3359: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3360: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3361: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3362: For example:
1.318     nicm     3363: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3364: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3365: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3366: abc123
                   3367: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3368: .Pp
                   3369: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3370: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3371: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3372: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3373: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3374: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3375: .Ar option Ar value
                   3376: .Xc
1.870     kn       3377: .D1 Pq alias: Ic set
1.668     nicm     3378: Set a pane option with
                   3379: .Fl p ,
                   3380: a window option with
                   3381: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3382: a server option with
                   3383: .Fl s ,
                   3384: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3385: If the option is not a user option,
                   3386: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3387: or
1.637     nicm     3388: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3389: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3390: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3391: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3392: .Fl w
                   3393: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3394: If
                   3395: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3396: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3397: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3398: .Fl F
                   3399: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3400: The
                   3401: .Fl u
                   3402: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3403: options (or with
                   3404: .Fl g ,
                   3405: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3406: .Fl U
                   3407: unsets an option (like
                   3408: .Fl u )
                   3409: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3410: window.
1.796     nicm     3411: .Ar value
                   3412: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3413: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3414: .Pp
                   3415: The
                   3416: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3417: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3418: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3419: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3420: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3421: With
                   3422: .Fl a ,
                   3423: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3424: .Ar value
                   3425: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3426: For example:
                   3427: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3428: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3429: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3430: .Ed
                   3431: .Pp
                   3432: Will result in
                   3433: .Ql foobar .
                   3434: And:
                   3435: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3436: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3437: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3438: .Ed
                   3439: .Pp
                   3440: Will result in a red background
                   3441: .Em and
                   3442: blue foreground.
                   3443: Without
                   3444: .Fl a ,
                   3445: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3446: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3447: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3448: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3449: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3450: .Op Ar option
                   3451: .Xc
1.870     kn       3452: .D1 Pq alias: Ic show
1.668     nicm     3453: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3454: .Ar option
                   3455: is provided) with
                   3456: .Fl p ,
                   3457: the window options with
                   3458: .Fl w ,
                   3459: the server options with
                   3460: .Fl s ,
                   3461: otherwise the session options.
                   3462: If the option is not a user option,
                   3463: .Fl w
                   3464: or
                   3465: .Fl s
                   3466: may be unnecessary -
                   3467: .Nm
                   3468: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3469: .Fl w
                   3470: for pane options.
                   3471: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3472: .Fl g
                   3473: is used.
                   3474: .Fl v
                   3475: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3476: If
                   3477: .Fl q
                   3478: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3479: .Ar option
                   3480: is unset.
                   3481: .Fl H
                   3482: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3483: .Fl A
                   3484: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3485: marked with an asterisk.
                   3486: .El
1.133     nicm     3487: .Pp
                   3488: Available server options are:
                   3489: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3490: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3491: Set the key sent by
                   3492: .Nm
                   3493: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3494: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3495: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3496: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3497: length.
1.526     nicm     3498: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3499: .Ar name=value
                   3500: .Xc
                   3501: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3502: If an unknown command matches
                   3503: .Ar name ,
                   3504: it is replaced with
                   3505: .Ar value .
                   3506: For example, after:
                   3507: .Pp
1.565     nicm     3508: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom='resize-pane -Z'
1.526     nicm     3509: .Pp
                   3510: Using:
                   3511: .Pp
                   3512: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3513: .Pp
                   3514: Is equivalent to:
                   3515: .Pp
                   3516: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3517: .Pp
                   3518: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3519: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3520: .Ic bind-key
                   3521: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3522: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3523: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3524: default value of the
                   3525: .Ev TERM
                   3526: environment variable.
                   3527: For
                   3528: .Nm
                   3529: to work correctly, this
                   3530: .Em must
                   3531: be set to
                   3532: .Ql screen ,
                   3533: .Ql tmux
                   3534: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3535: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3536: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3537: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3538: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3539: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3540: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3541: .Nm
                   3542: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3543: key sequences.
                   3544: The default is 500 milliseconds.
1.759     nicm     3545: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3546: Set the command used when
                   3547: .Nm
                   3548: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3549: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3550: .Op Ic on | off
                   3551: .Xc
                   3552: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3553: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3554: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3555: .Op Ic on | off
                   3556: .Xc
                   3557: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3558: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3559: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3560: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3561: When
                   3562: .Ic on
                   3563: or
                   3564: .Ic always ,
                   3565: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3566: .Nm
                   3567: knows that it is supported.
                   3568: .Nm
                   3569: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3570: If this option is
                   3571: .Ic on ,
                   3572: .Nm
                   3573: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3574: .Ic always ,
                   3575: .Nm
                   3576: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3577: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3578: .Op Ic on | off
                   3579: .Xc
                   3580: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3581: passed through to applications running in
                   3582: .Nm .
                   3583: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3584: option.
1.445     nicm     3585: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3586: If not empty, a file to which
                   3587: .Nm
                   3588: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3589: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3590: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3591: each client.
1.839     nicm     3592: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3593: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3594: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3595: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3596: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3597: .Xc
                   3598: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3599: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3600: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3601: .Em \&Ms
                   3602: entry in the
                   3603: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3604: description (see the
                   3605: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3606: section).
                   3607: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3608: If set to
                   3609: .Ic on ,
                   3610: .Nm
                   3611: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3612: the terminal clipboard.
                   3613: If set to
                   3614: .Ic external ,
                   3615: .Nm
                   3616: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3617: by applications to set
                   3618: .Nm
                   3619: buffers.
                   3620: If
                   3621: .Ic off ,
                   3622: .Nm
                   3623: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3624: clipboard.
                   3625: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3626: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3627: .Xr xterm 1
                   3628: by setting the resource:
                   3629: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3630: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3631: .Ed
                   3632: .Pp
                   3633: Or changing this property from the
                   3634: .Xr xterm 1
                   3635: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3636: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3637: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3638: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3639: .Nm
                   3640: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3641: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3642: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3643: entry in use.
                   3644: .Pp
                   3645: .Nm
                   3646: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3647: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3648: The
                   3649: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3650: option allows individual
                   3651: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3652: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3653: .Ic terminal-features
                   3654: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3655: reported by
                   3656: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3657: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3658: supports.
1.744     nicm     3659: .Pp
                   3660: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3661: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3662: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3663: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3664: The available features are:
                   3665: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3666: .It 256
                   3667: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3668: .It clipboard
                   3669: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3670: .It ccolour
                   3671: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3672: .It cstyle
                   3673: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3674: .It extkeys
                   3675: Supports extended keys.
                   3676: .It focus
                   3677: Supports focus reporting.
1.893     nicm     3678: .It hyperlinks
                   3679: Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
1.891     nicm     3680: .It ignorefkeys
                   3681: Ignore function keys from
                   3682: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3683: and use the
                   3684: .Nm
                   3685: internal set only.
1.744     nicm     3686: .It margins
                   3687: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3688: .It mouse
                   3689: Supports
                   3690: .Xr xterm 1
                   3691: mouse sequences.
1.885     nicm     3692: .It osc7
                   3693: Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
1.744     nicm     3694: .It overline
                   3695: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3696: .It rectfill
                   3697: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3698: .It RGB
                   3699: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.908     nicm     3700: .It sixel
                   3701: Supports SIXEL graphics.
1.778     nicm     3702: .It strikethrough
                   3703: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3704: .It sync
                   3705: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3706: .It title
                   3707: Supports
                   3708: .Xr xterm 1
                   3709: title setting.
                   3710: .It usstyle
                   3711: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3712: .El
1.528     nicm     3713: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3714: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3715: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3716: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3717: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3718: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3719: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3720: and a set of
                   3721: .Em name=value
                   3722: entries.
                   3723: .Pp
                   3724: For example, to set the
                   3725: .Ql clear
                   3726: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3727: entry to
                   3728: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3729: for all terminal types matching
                   3730: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3731: .Pp
                   3732: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3733: .Pp
                   3734: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3735: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3736: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3737: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3738: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3739: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3740: .Ql User0 ,
                   3741: .Ql User1 ,
                   3742: and so on.
                   3743: .Pp
                   3744: For example:
                   3745: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3746: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012~"
                   3747: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3748: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3749: .El
1.129     nicm     3750: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3751: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3752: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3753: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3754: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3755: .Xc
                   3756: Set action on window activity when
                   3757: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3758: is on.
                   3759: .Ic any
                   3760: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3761: (depending on
                   3762: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3763: in the current window of that session,
                   3764: .Ic none
                   3765: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3766: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3767: being off),
                   3768: .Ic current
                   3769: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3770: .Ic other
                   3771: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3772: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3773: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3774: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3775: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3776: .Nm
                   3777: key bindings are not processed.
                   3778: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3779: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3780: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3781: window is created.
                   3782: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3783: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3784: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3785: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3786: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3787: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3788: is on.
1.569     nicm     3789: The values are the same as those for
                   3790: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3791: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     3792: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   3793: created) to
1.153     nicm     3794: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     3795: which may be any
                   3796: .Xr sh 1
                   3797: command.
1.19      nicm     3798: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   3799: .Nm
1.79      nicm     3800: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   3801: .Ic default-shell
                   3802: option.
                   3803: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   3804: Specify the default shell.
                   3805: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   3806: .Ic default-command
                   3807: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   3808: When started
                   3809: .Nm
                   3810: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     3811: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     3812: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   3813: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   3814: or
                   3815: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   3816: This option should be configured when
                   3817: .Nm
                   3818: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     3819: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     3820: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     3821: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     3822: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   3823: .Ic new-session
                   3824: .Fl d .
                   3825: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   3826: .Ql x
                   3827: character.
                   3828: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     3829: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
                   3830: .Op Ic on | off
                   3831: .Xc
1.185     nicm     3832: If enabled and the session is no longer attached to any clients, it is
                   3833: destroyed.
1.206     nicm     3834: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.815     nicm     3835: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached
1.206     nicm     3836: .Xc
1.184     nicm     3837: If on (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
                   3838: is destroyed.
                   3839: If off, the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
                   3840: sessions.
1.815     nicm     3841: If
                   3842: .Ic no-detached ,
                   3843: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   3844: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.145     nicm     3845: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   3846: Set the colour used by the
                   3847: .Ic display-panes
                   3848: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     3849: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     3850: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     3851: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     3852: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     3853: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   3854: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   3855: .Ic display-panes
                   3856: command appear.
1.21      nicm     3857: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     3858: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   3859: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      3860: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     3861: .Ar time
                   3862: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     3863: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   3864: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   3865: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   3866: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     3867: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   3868: Set the default key table to
                   3869: .Ar key-table
                   3870: instead of
                   3871: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     3872: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     3873: Lock the session (like the
                   3874: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     3875: command) after
1.1       nicm     3876: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     3877: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     3878: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     3879: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     3880: Command to run when locking each client.
                   3881: The default is to run
                   3882: .Xr lock 1
                   3883: with
                   3884: .Fl np .
1.378     nicm     3885: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     3886: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     3887: This is used for the command prompt with
                   3888: .Xr vi 1
                   3889: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     3890: For how to specify
                   3891: .Ar style ,
                   3892: see the
                   3893: .Sx STYLES
                   3894: section.
1.901     nicm     3895: .It Xo Ic message-line
                   3896: .Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
                   3897: .Xc
                   3898: Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
1.378     nicm     3899: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   3900: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     3901: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     3902: For how to specify
                   3903: .Ar style ,
                   3904: see the
1.623     nicm     3905: .Sx STYLES
                   3906: section.
1.419     nicm     3907: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     3908: .Op Ic on | off
                   3909: .Xc
                   3910: If on,
                   3911: .Nm
1.419     nicm     3912: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   3913: See the
                   3914: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   3915: section for details.
1.267     nicm     3916: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   3917: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3918: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   3919: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   3920: .Ic prefix
                   3921: can be set to the special key
                   3922: .Ql None
                   3923: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     3924: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   3925: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3926: Like
                   3927: .Ic prefix ,
                   3928: .Ic prefix2
                   3929: can be set to
                   3930: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     3931: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   3932: .Op Ic on | off
                   3933: .Xc
                   3934: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   3935: windows in numerical order.
                   3936: This respects the
                   3937: .Ic base-index
                   3938: option if it has been set.
                   3939: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     3940: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     3941: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   3942: in the specified
1.21      nicm     3943: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     3944: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   3945: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   3946: .Fl r
                   3947: flag to
                   3948: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     3949: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   3950: .Ic resize-pane
                   3951: command.
1.1       nicm     3952: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      3953: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     3954: .Xc
1.261     nicm     3955: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   3956: .Em tsl
                   3957: and
                   3958: .Em fsl
                   3959: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3960: entries if they exist.
                   3961: .Nm
1.444     nicm     3962: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   3963: the terminal appears to be
                   3964: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     3965: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     3966: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     3967: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     3968: .Ic set-titles
                   3969: is on.
1.414     nicm     3970: Formats are expanded, see the
                   3971: .Sx FORMATS
                   3972: section.
1.569     nicm     3973: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   3974: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3975: .Xc
                   3976: Set action on window silence when
                   3977: .Ic monitor-silence
                   3978: is on.
                   3979: The values are the same as those for
                   3980: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     3981: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     3982: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     3983: .Xc
1.625     nicm     3984: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   3985: Using
                   3986: .Ic on
                   3987: gives a status line one row in height;
                   3988: .Ic 2 ,
                   3989: .Ic 3 ,
                   3990: .Ic 4
                   3991: or
                   3992: .Ic 5
                   3993: more rows.
                   3994: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   3995: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   3996: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   3997: options below.
1.1       nicm     3998: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     3999: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     4000: .Ar interval
                   4001: seconds.
                   4002: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   4003: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     4004: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     4005: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     4006: .Xc
1.829     nicm     4007: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   4008: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   4009: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     4010: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      4011: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4012: .Xc
1.6       jmc      4013: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     4014: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     4015: The default is emacs, unless the
                   4016: .Ev VISUAL
                   4017: or
                   4018: .Ev EDITOR
                   4019: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   4020: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     4021: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   4022: Display
                   4023: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4024: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4025: .Ar string
                   4026: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     4027: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4028: Also see the
                   4029: .Sx FORMATS
                   4030: and
                   4031: .Sx STYLES
                   4032: sections.
1.83      nicm     4033: .Pp
1.263     nicm     4034: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     4035: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   4036: section.
1.109     nicm     4037: .Pp
1.83      nicm     4038: Examples are:
                   4039: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4040: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   4041: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   4042: .Ed
1.10      nicm     4043: .Pp
1.405     nicm     4044: The default is
                   4045: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     4046: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   4047: Set the maximum
                   4048: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4049: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4050: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     4051: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   4052: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   4053: For how to specify
                   4054: .Ar style ,
                   4055: see the
1.623     nicm     4056: .Sx STYLES
                   4057: section.
1.269     nicm     4058: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   4059: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   4060: .Xc
                   4061: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4062: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   4063: Display
                   4064: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4065: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     4066: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     4067: are shown.
1.1       nicm     4068: As with
                   4069: .Ic status-left ,
                   4070: .Ar string
                   4071: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      4072: .Xr strftime 3
                   4073: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     4074: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   4075: Set the maximum
                   4076: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4077: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4078: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4079: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4080: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4081: For how to specify
                   4082: .Ar style ,
                   4083: see the
1.623     nicm     4084: .Sx STYLES
                   4085: section.
1.378     nicm     4086: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4087: Set status line style.
                   4088: For how to specify
                   4089: .Ar style ,
                   4090: see the
1.623     nicm     4091: .Sx STYLES
                   4092: section.
1.529     nicm     4093: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4094: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4095: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4096: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4097: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4098: .Fl r
                   4099: was given to the
                   4100: .Ic set-environment
                   4101: command).
1.37      nicm     4102: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4103: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4104: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4105: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4106: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4107: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4108: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4109: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4110: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4111: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4112: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4113: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4114: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4115: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4116: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4117: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4118: Also see the
                   4119: .Ic bell-action
                   4120: option.
1.192     nicm     4121: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4122: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4123: .Xc
                   4124: If
                   4125: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4126: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4127: instead of sending a bell.
                   4128: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4129: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4130: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4131: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4132: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4133: .El
1.1       nicm     4134: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4135: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4136: .Pp
                   4137: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4138: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4139: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4140: .Xc
                   4141: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4142: This means that
                   4143: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4144: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4145: (see the
                   4146: .Ic window-size
                   4147: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4148: which it is attached.
                   4149: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4150: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4151: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4152: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4153: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4154: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4155: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4156: .Xc
                   4157: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4158: When this setting is enabled,
                   4159: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4160: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4161: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4162: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4163: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4164: .Ic new-window
                   4165: or
1.1       nicm     4166: .Ic new-session ,
                   4167: or later with
1.261     nicm     4168: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4169: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4170: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4171: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4172: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4173: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4174: .Pp
                   4175: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4176: The format (see
                   4177: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4178: used when the
                   4179: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4180: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4181: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4182: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4183: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4184: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4185: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4186: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4187: .Xc
                   4188: Set clock hour format.
1.883     nicm     4189: .Pp
                   4190: .It Ic fill-character Ar character
                   4191: Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
1.56      jmc      4192: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4193: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4194: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4195: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4196: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4197: or
                   4198: .Ic main-vertical
                   4199: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4200: If suffixed by
                   4201: .Ql % ,
                   4202: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4203: .Pp
                   4204: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4205: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4206: For how to specify
                   4207: .Ar style ,
                   4208: see the
                   4209: .Sx STYLES
                   4210: section.
                   4211: .Pp
                   4212: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4213: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4214: For how to specify
                   4215: .Ar style ,
                   4216: see the
                   4217: .Sx STYLES
                   4218: section.
                   4219: .Pp
                   4220: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4221: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4222: For how to specify
                   4223: .Ar style ,
                   4224: see the
                   4225: .Sx STYLES
                   4226: section.
1.56      jmc      4227: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4228: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4229: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4230: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4231: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4232: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4233: .Ev VISUAL
                   4234: or
                   4235: .Ev EDITOR
                   4236: contains
                   4237: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4238: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4239: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4240: Set window modes style.
                   4241: For how to specify
                   4242: .Ar style ,
                   4243: see the
1.623     nicm     4244: .Sx STYLES
                   4245: section.
1.378     nicm     4246: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4247: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4248: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4249: .Xc
                   4250: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4251: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4252: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4253: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4254: .Op Ic on | off
                   4255: .Xc
                   4256: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4257: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4258: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4259: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4260: .Op Ic interval
                   4261: .Xc
                   4262: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4263: .Ic interval
                   4264: seconds.
                   4265: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4266: status line.
                   4267: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4268: .Pp
                   4269: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4270: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4271: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4272: layout.
                   4273: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4274: If both the
                   4275: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4276: and
                   4277: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4278: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4279: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4280: If suffixed by
                   4281: .Ql % ,
                   4282: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4283: .Pp
                   4284: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4285: Like
                   4286: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4287: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4288: .Ic main-vertical
                   4289: layout.
1.243     nicm     4290: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4291: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4292: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4293: For how to specify
                   4294: .Ar style ,
                   4295: see the
1.623     nicm     4296: .Sx STYLES
                   4297: section.
1.413     nicm     4298: Attributes are ignored.
1.866     nicm     4299: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4300: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4301: Like
                   4302: .Ic base-index ,
                   4303: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4304: .Pp
                   4305: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4306: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.875     nicm     4307: .Pp
                   4308: .It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
                   4309: .Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
                   4310: .Xc
                   4311: Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
                   4312: exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
1.770     nicm     4313: .Pp
                   4314: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4315: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4316: .Ar type
                   4317: may be one of:
                   4318: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4319: .It single
                   4320: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4321: .It double
                   4322: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4323: .It heavy
                   4324: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4325: .It simple
                   4326: simple ASCII characters
                   4327: .It number
                   4328: the pane number
                   4329: .El
                   4330: .Pp
                   4331: .Ql double
                   4332: and
                   4333: .Ql heavy
                   4334: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4335: .Pp
                   4336: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4337: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4338: .Xc
                   4339: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4340: .Pp
                   4341: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4342: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4343: For how to specify
                   4344: .Ar style ,
                   4345: see the
1.623     nicm     4346: .Sx STYLES
                   4347: section.
1.413     nicm     4348: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4349: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4350: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4351: Set the popup style.
                   4352: For how to specify
                   4353: .Ar style ,
                   4354: see the
                   4355: .Sx STYLES
                   4356: section.
                   4357: Attributes are ignored.
                   4358: .Pp
                   4359: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4360: Set the popup border style.
                   4361: For how to specify
                   4362: .Ar style ,
                   4363: see the
                   4364: .Sx STYLES
                   4365: section.
                   4366: Attributes are ignored.
                   4367: .Pp
                   4368: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4369: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4370: .Ar type
                   4371: may be one of:
                   4372: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4373: .It single
                   4374: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4375: .It rounded
                   4376: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4377: .It double
                   4378: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4379: .It heavy
                   4380: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4381: .It simple
                   4382: simple ASCII characters
                   4383: .It padded
                   4384: simple ASCII space character
                   4385: .It none
                   4386: no border
                   4387: .El
                   4388: .Pp
                   4389: .Ql double
                   4390: and
                   4391: .Ql heavy
                   4392: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4393: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4394: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4395: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4396: For how to specify
                   4397: .Ar style ,
                   4398: see the
1.623     nicm     4399: .Sx STYLES
                   4400: section.
1.169     nicm     4401: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4402: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4403: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4404: For how to specify
                   4405: .Ar style ,
                   4406: see the
1.623     nicm     4407: .Sx STYLES
                   4408: section.
1.169     nicm     4409: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4410: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4411: Like
                   4412: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4413: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4414: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4415: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4416: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4417: For how to specify
                   4418: .Ar style ,
                   4419: see the
1.623     nicm     4420: .Sx STYLES
                   4421: section.
1.239     nicm     4422: .Pp
                   4423: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4424: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4425: See the
1.623     nicm     4426: .Sx FORMATS
                   4427: and
                   4428: .Sx STYLES
                   4429: sections.
1.290     nicm     4430: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4431: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4432: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4433: For how to specify
                   4434: .Ar style ,
                   4435: see the
1.623     nicm     4436: .Sx STYLES
                   4437: section.
1.378     nicm     4438: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4439: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4440: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4441: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4442: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4443: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4444: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4445: For how to specify
                   4446: .Ar style ,
                   4447: see the
1.623     nicm     4448: .Sx STYLES
                   4449: section.
1.418     nicm     4450: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4451: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4452: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4453: .Xc
                   4454: Configure how
                   4455: .Nm
                   4456: determines the window size.
                   4457: If set to
                   4458: .Ar largest ,
                   4459: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4460: .Ar smallest ,
                   4461: the size of the smallest.
                   4462: If
                   4463: .Ar manual ,
                   4464: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4465: .Ic default-size
                   4466: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4467: With
                   4468: .Ar latest ,
                   4469: .Nm
                   4470: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4471: See also the
                   4472: .Ic resize-window
                   4473: command and the
                   4474: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4475: option.
                   4476: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4477: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4478: .Op Ic on | off
                   4479: .Xc
                   4480: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4481: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4482: .El
1.668     nicm     4483: .Pp
                   4484: Available pane options are:
                   4485: .Pp
                   4486: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.877     nicm     4487: .It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
1.897     nicm     4488: .Op Ic on | off | all
1.877     nicm     4489: .Xc
                   4490: Allow programs in the pane to bypass
                   4491: .Nm
                   4492: using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
1.897     nicm     4493: If set to
                   4494: .Ic on ,
                   4495: passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
                   4496: If set to
                   4497: .Ic all ,
                   4498: they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
1.877     nicm     4499: .Pp
1.669     nicm     4500: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4501: .Op Ic on | off
                   4502: .Xc
                   4503: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4504: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
                   4505: .Pp
                   4506: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4507: .Op Ic on | off
                   4508: .Xc
                   4509: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4510: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4511: .Em smcup
                   4512: and
                   4513: .Em rmcup
                   4514: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4515: capabilities.
                   4516: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4517: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4518: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.868     nicm     4519: .Pp
                   4520: .It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
                   4521: Set the colour of the cursor.
1.850     nicm     4522: .Pp
                   4523: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4524: The default colour palette.
                   4525: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4526: .Nm
                   4527: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4528: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.869     nicm     4529: .Pp
                   4530: .It Ic cursor-style Ar style
1.871     nicm     4531: Set the style of the cursor.
                   4532: Available styles are:
1.869     nicm     4533: .Ic default ,
                   4534: .Ic blinking-block ,
                   4535: .Ic block ,
                   4536: .Ic blinking-underline ,
                   4537: .Ic underline ,
                   4538: .Ic blinking-bar ,
                   4539: .Ic bar .
1.669     nicm     4540: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4541: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4542: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4543: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4544: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4545: exits.
1.810     nicm     4546: If set to
                   4547: .Ic failed ,
                   4548: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4549: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4550: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4551: command.
1.808     nicm     4552: .Pp
1.882     nicm     4553: .It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
                   4554: Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
                   4555: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4556: is enabled.
1.884     nicm     4557: .Pp
                   4558: .It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
                   4559: .Op Ic on | off
                   4560: .Xc
                   4561: When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
                   4562: the screen into history before clearing it.
1.882     nicm     4563: .Pp
1.808     nicm     4564: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4565: .Op Ic on | off
                   4566: .Xc
                   4567: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4568: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4569: .Pp
                   4570: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4571: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4572: For how to specify
                   4573: .Ar style ,
                   4574: see the
                   4575: .Sx STYLES
                   4576: section.
                   4577: .Pp
                   4578: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4579: Set the pane style.
                   4580: For how to specify
                   4581: .Ar style ,
                   4582: see the
                   4583: .Sx STYLES
                   4584: section.
1.843     jmc      4585: .El
1.469     nicm     4586: .Sh HOOKS
                   4587: .Nm
                   4588: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4589: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4590: Most
1.483     nicm     4591: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4592: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4593: .Em after
                   4594: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4595: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4596: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4597: order when the hook is triggered.
1.740     nicm     4598: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or pane.
1.640     nicm     4599: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4600: .Ic set-hook
                   4601: or
                   4602: .Ic set-option
                   4603: commands and displayed with
                   4604: .Ic show-hooks
                   4605: or
                   4606: .Ic show-options
                   4607: .Fl H .
                   4608: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4609: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
                   4610: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4611: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4612: .Ed
                   4613: .Pp
                   4614: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4615: first member of the array.
                   4616: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4617: A command's after
                   4618: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4619: itself.
1.505     nicm     4620: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4621: .Ql after-
                   4622: prefix.
                   4623: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4624: layout after every
                   4625: .Ic split-window :
                   4626: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4627: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4628: .Ed
                   4629: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4630: All the notifications listed in the
                   4631: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4632: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4633: .Ic %exit .
                   4634: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4635: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4636: .It alert-activity
                   4637: Run when a window has activity.
                   4638: See
                   4639: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4640: .It alert-bell
                   4641: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4642: See
                   4643: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4644: .It alert-silence
                   4645: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4646: See
                   4647: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4648: .It client-active
                   4649: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4650: .It client-attached
                   4651: Run when a client is attached.
                   4652: .It client-detached
                   4653: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4654: .It client-focus-in
                   4655: Run when focus enters a client
                   4656: .It client-focus-out
                   4657: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4658: .It client-resized
                   4659: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4660: .It client-session-changed
                   4661: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.475     nicm     4662: .It pane-died
                   4663: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4664: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4665: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4666: .It pane-exited
                   4667: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4668: .It pane-focus-in
                   4669: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4670: .Ic focus-events
                   4671: option is on.
                   4672: .It pane-focus-out
                   4673: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4674: .Ic focus-events
                   4675: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4676: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4677: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4678: .Xr xterm 1
                   4679: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4680: .It session-created
                   4681: Run when a new session created.
                   4682: .It session-closed
                   4683: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4684: .It session-renamed
                   4685: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4686: .It window-linked
                   4687: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4688: .It window-renamed
                   4689: Run when a window is renamed.
1.878     nicm     4690: .It window-resized
                   4691: Run when a window is resized.
                   4692: This may be after the
                   4693: .Ar client-resized
                   4694: hook is run.
1.511     nicm     4695: .It window-unlinked
                   4696: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4697: .El
                   4698: .Pp
                   4699: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4700: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4701: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4702: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4703: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4704: .Ar hook-name
                   4705: .Ar command
                   4706: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4707: Without
1.605     jmc      4708: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4709: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4710: .Fl u
                   4711: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4712: .Ar hook-name
                   4713: to
                   4714: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4715: The flags are the same as for
                   4716: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4717: .Pp
                   4718: With
                   4719: .Fl R ,
                   4720: run
                   4721: .Ar hook-name
                   4722: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4723: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4724: .Op Fl gpw
                   4725: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4726: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4727: Shows hooks.
                   4728: The flags are the same as for
                   4729: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4730: .El
1.419     nicm     4731: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4732: If the
                   4733: .Ic mouse
                   4734: option is on (the default is off),
                   4735: .Nm
                   4736: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   4737: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   4738: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     4739: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   4740: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   4741: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   4742: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   4743: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   4744: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   4745: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   4746: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   4747: .El
                   4748: .Pp
1.419     nicm     4749: The following mouse events are available:
                   4750: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     4751: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     4752: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   4753: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   4754: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     4755: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     4756: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   4757: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     4758: .El
1.724     nicm     4759: .Pp
                   4760: The
                   4761: .Ql SecondClick
                   4762: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   4763: third click which will fire
                   4764: .Ql TripleClick
                   4765: instead of
                   4766: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     4767: .Pp
                   4768: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   4769: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   4770: .Pp
1.423     nicm     4771: The special token
                   4772: .Ql {mouse}
                   4773: or
1.419     nicm     4774: .Ql =
                   4775: may be used as
                   4776: .Ar target-window
                   4777: or
                   4778: .Ar target-pane
                   4779: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   4780: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
                   4781: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released for a
                   4782: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   4783: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   4784: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   4785: binding).
                   4786: .Pp
                   4787: The
                   4788: .Ic send-keys
                   4789: .Fl M
                   4790: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   4791: .Pp
                   4792: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   4793: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   4794: These take effect if the
                   4795: .Ic mouse
                   4796: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     4797: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     4798: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     4799: .Fl F
                   4800: flag with a
                   4801: .Ar format
                   4802: argument.
                   4803: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     4804: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     4805: .Ql #{
                   4806: and
                   4807: .Ql } ,
                   4808: for example
1.359     nicm     4809: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     4810: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   4811: .Nm
                   4812: option may be used for an option's value.
                   4813: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     4814: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     4815: .Ql ##
                   4816: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     4817: .Ql # ,
                   4818: .Ql #,
                   4819: by a
                   4820: .Ql \&,
                   4821: and
                   4822: .Ql #}
                   4823: by a
                   4824: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     4825: .Pp
                   4826: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      4827: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     4828: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   4829: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      4830: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   4831: For example
1.245     nicm     4832: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   4833: will include the string
                   4834: .Ql attached
                   4835: if the session is attached and the string
                   4836: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     4837: if it is unattached, or
                   4838: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   4839: will include
                   4840: .Ql yes
                   4841: if
                   4842: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4843: is enabled, or
                   4844: .Ql no
                   4845: if not.
1.599     nicm     4846: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   4847: Inside a conditional,
                   4848: .Ql \&,
                   4849: and
                   4850: .Ql }
                   4851: must be escaped as
                   4852: .Ql #,
                   4853: and
                   4854: .Ql #} ,
                   4855: unless they are part of a
                   4856: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     4857: replacement.
                   4858: For example:
1.599     nicm     4859: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4860: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   4861: .Ed
1.520     nicm     4862: .Pp
1.678     nicm     4863: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     4864: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     4865: .Ql == ,
                   4866: .Ql != ,
                   4867: .Ql < ,
                   4868: .Ql > ,
                   4869: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     4870: or
1.652     nicm     4871: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     4872: and a colon.
                   4873: For example
1.544     nicm     4874: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     4875: will be replaced by
                   4876: .Ql 1
                   4877: if running on
                   4878: .Ql myhost ,
                   4879: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     4880: .Ql 0 .
                   4881: .Ql ||
                   4882: and
                   4883: .Ql &&
                   4884: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   4885: true, for example
1.595     nicm     4886: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     4887: .Pp
                   4888: An
                   4889: .Ql m
                   4890: specifies an
                   4891: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4892: or regular expression comparison.
                   4893: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     4894: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     4895: .Ql r
                   4896: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   4897: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4898: pattern, and
                   4899: .Ql i
                   4900: means to ignore case.
                   4901: For example:
                   4902: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   4903: or
                   4904: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     4905: A
                   4906: .Ql C
                   4907: performs a search for an
                   4908: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     4909: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   4910: found, or a line number if found.
                   4911: Like
                   4912: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      4913: an
1.664     nicm     4914: .Ql r
                   4915: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   4916: .Ql i
                   4917: ignores case.
                   4918: For example:
                   4919: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     4920: .Pp
                   4921: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives with an
                   4922: .Ql e
                   4923: and an operator.
                   4924: An optional
                   4925: .Ql f
                   4926: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise integers are used.
                   4927: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for the result.
                   4928: The available operators are:
                   4929: addition
                   4930: .Ql + ,
                   4931: subtraction
                   4932: .Ql - ,
                   4933: multiplication
                   4934: .Ql * ,
                   4935: division
                   4936: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     4937: modulus
1.714     nicm     4938: .Ql m
                   4939: or
                   4940: .Ql %
                   4941: (note that
                   4942: .Ql %
                   4943: must be escaped as
                   4944: .Ql %%
                   4945: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     4946: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   4947: and numeric comparison operators
                   4948: .Ql == ,
                   4949: .Ql != ,
                   4950: .Ql < ,
                   4951: .Ql <= ,
                   4952: .Ql >
                   4953: and
                   4954: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     4955: For example,
                   4956: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   4957: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   4958: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   4959: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     4960: .Ql a
                   4961: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   4962: .Ql #{a:98}
                   4963: results in
                   4964: .Ql b .
1.867     nicm     4965: .Ql c
                   4966: replaces a
                   4967: .Nm
                   4968: colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
1.453     nicm     4969: .Pp
1.367     nicm     4970: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   4971: by an
                   4972: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     4973: a number and a colon.
                   4974: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   4975: so
                   4976: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4977: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     4978: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4979: the last five characters.
                   4980: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   4981: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   4982: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   4983: will append
                   4984: .Ql ...
                   4985: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     4986: Similarly,
                   4987: .Ql p
                   4988: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   4989: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   4990: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   4991: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     4992: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     4993: expands to the length of the variable and
                   4994: .Ql w
                   4995: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     4996: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     4997: .Pp
1.453     nicm     4998: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     4999: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     5000: will convert it to a string, so if
                   5001: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   5002: gives
1.454     jmc      5003: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     5004: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   5005: gives
                   5006: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     5007: Adding
                   5008: .Ql p (
                   5009: .Ql `t/p` )
                   5010: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     5011: A custom format may be given using an
                   5012: .Ql f
                   5013: suffix (note that
                   5014: .Ql %
                   5015: must be escaped as
                   5016: .Ql %%
                   5017: if the format is separately being passed through
                   5018: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   5019: for example in the
                   5020: .Ic status-left
                   5021: option):
                   5022: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   5023: see
                   5024: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   5025: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5026: The
1.683     nicm     5027: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     5028: and
1.683     nicm     5029: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     5030: prefixes are
                   5031: .Xr basename 3
                   5032: and
                   5033: .Xr dirname 3
                   5034: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     5035: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     5036: will escape
                   5037: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     5038: special characters or with a
                   5039: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     5040: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   5041: .Ql #
                   5042: becomes
1.807     nicm     5043: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     5044: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     5045: will expand the format twice, for example
                   5046: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   5047: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   5048: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     5049: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     5050: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     5051: is like
1.683     nicm     5052: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     5053: but also expands
                   5054: .Xr strftime 3
                   5055: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     5056: .Ql S:\& ,
                   5057: .Ql W:\&
1.618     nicm     5058: or
1.683     nicm     5059: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     5060: will loop over each session, window or pane and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     5061: for each.
                   5062: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   5063: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   5064: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     5065: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5066: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   5067: .Ed
1.817     nicm     5068: .Pp
                   5069: .Ql N:\&
                   5070: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   5071: .Ql w
                   5072: suffix) or a session (with the
                   5073: .Ql s
                   5074: suffix) name exists, for example
                   5075: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   5076: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   5077: .Ql foo
                   5078: exists.
1.625     nicm     5079: .Pp
1.461     nicm     5080: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     5081: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     5082: will substitute
                   5083: .Ql foo
                   5084: with
                   5085: .Ql bar
                   5086: throughout.
1.664     nicm     5087: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument may be
                   5088: .Ql i
                   5089: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     5090: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     5091: would change
                   5092: .Ql abABab
                   5093: into
                   5094: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.907     nicm     5095: A different delimiter character may also be used, to avoid collisions with
                   5096: literal slashes in the pattern.
                   5097: For example,
                   5098: .Ql s|foo/|bar/|:
                   5099: will substitute
                   5100: .Ql foo/
                   5101: with
                   5102: .Ql bar/
                   5103: throughout.
1.431     nicm     5104: .Pp
1.671     nicm     5105: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     5106: .Ql #() .
                   5107: For example,
                   5108: .Ql #(uptime)
                   5109: will insert the system's uptime.
                   5110: When constructing formats,
                   5111: .Nm
                   5112: does not wait for
                   5113: .Ql #()
                   5114: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command is used,
                   5115: or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
1.543     nicm     5116: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but the status
                   5117: line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.874     nicm     5118: Commands are executed using
                   5119: .Pa /bin/sh
                   5120: and with the
1.431     nicm     5121: .Nm
                   5122: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 5123: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     5124: section).
1.671     nicm     5125: .Pp
                   5126: An
                   5127: .Ql l
                   5128: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   5129: For example
                   5130: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   5131: will be replaced by
                   5132: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     5133: .Pp
                   5134: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     5135: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   5136: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     5137: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     5138: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     5139: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   5140: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     5141: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     5142: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     5143: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     5144: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     5145: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5146: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5147: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5148: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5149: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5150: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5151: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5152: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5153: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5154: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5155: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5156: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5157: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
1.888     nicm     5158: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
1.359     nicm     5159: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5160: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5161: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5162: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5163: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.880     nicm     5164: .It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
                   5165: .It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
1.699     nicm     5166: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5167: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5168: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5169: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5170: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5171: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5172: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5173: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5174: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5175: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5176: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5177: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5178: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5179: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5180: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5181: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5182: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5183: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5184: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5185: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5186: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5187: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5188: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5189: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5190: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5191: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5192: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5193: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5194: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5195: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5196: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5197: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5198: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5199: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5200: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5201: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5202: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.894     nicm     5203: .It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
1.676     nicm     5204: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5205: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5206: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.676     nicm     5207: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5208: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5209: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5210: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.879     nicm     5211: .It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
1.676     nicm     5212: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5213: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5214: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5215: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5216: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5217: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5218: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5219: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5220: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5221: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5222: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.882     nicm     5223: .It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
1.411     nicm     5224: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.882     nicm     5225: .It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5226: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5227: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5228: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5229: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5230: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5231: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5232: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5233: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5234: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5235: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5236: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5237: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5238: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5239: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5240: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5241: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5242: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5243: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.890     nicm     5244: .It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5245: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5246: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5247: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5248: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5249: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
                   5250: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5251: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5252: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5253: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5254: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5255: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5256: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5257: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5258: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5259: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5260: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5261: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5262: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5263: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.646     nicm     5264: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5265: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5266: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5267: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5268: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5269: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5270: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5271: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5272: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5273: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5274: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5275: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5276: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5277: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5278: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5279: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5280: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5281: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5282: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5283: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5284: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5285: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5286: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.880     nicm     5287: .It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
                   5288: .It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
1.708     nicm     5289: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5290: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5291: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5292: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5293: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5294: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5295: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5296: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5297: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5298: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5299: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5300: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5301: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5302: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
1.696     nicm     5303: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5304: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5305: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5306: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5307: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5308: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5309: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5310: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5311: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5312: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5313: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5314: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5315: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5316: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.880     nicm     5317: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.366     nicm     5318: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5319: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5320: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5321: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5322: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5323: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5324: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5325: .El
1.623     nicm     5326: .Sh STYLES
                   5327: .Nm
                   5328: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5329: interface, for example
                   5330: .Ic status-style
                   5331: for the status line.
                   5332: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5333: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5334: by enclosing them in
                   5335: .Ql #[
                   5336: and
1.639     nicm     5337: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5338: .Pp
                   5339: A style may be the single term
                   5340: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5341: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5342: .Ic status-style
                   5343: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5344: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5345: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5346: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5347: Set the foreground colour.
                   5348: The colour is one of:
                   5349: .Ic black ,
                   5350: .Ic red ,
                   5351: .Ic green ,
                   5352: .Ic yellow ,
                   5353: .Ic blue ,
                   5354: .Ic magenta ,
                   5355: .Ic cyan ,
                   5356: .Ic white ;
                   5357: if supported the bright variants
                   5358: .Ic brightred ,
                   5359: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5360: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5361: .Ic colour0
                   5362: to
                   5363: .Ic colour255
                   5364: from the 256-colour set;
                   5365: .Ic default
                   5366: for the default colour;
                   5367: .Ic terminal
                   5368: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5369: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5370: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5371: Set the background colour.
                   5372: .It Ic none
                   5373: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5374: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5375: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5376: (or
                   5377: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5378: .Ic dim ,
                   5379: .Ic underscore ,
                   5380: .Ic blink ,
                   5381: .Ic reverse ,
                   5382: .Ic hidden ,
                   5383: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5384: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5385: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5386: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5387: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5388: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5389: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5390: .Xc
                   5391: Set an attribute.
                   5392: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5393: .Ql no
                   5394: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5395: .Ic acs
                   5396: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5397: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5398: (or
                   5399: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5400: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5401: .Ic align=right
                   5402: .Xc
                   5403: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5404: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5405: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5406: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5407: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5408: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5409: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5410: .Ic nolist
                   5411: .Xc
                   5412: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5413: .Ic status-format
                   5414: option:
                   5415: .Ic list=on
                   5416: marks the start of the list;
                   5417: .Ic list=focus
                   5418: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't fit
                   5419: in the available space (typically the current window);
                   5420: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5421: and
                   5422: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5423: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5424: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5425: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5426: .Ic pop-default
                   5427: .Xc
                   5428: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5429: default.
                   5430: A
                   5431: .Ic push-default
                   5432: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5433: .Ic default
                   5434: term until a
                   5435: .Ic pop-default .
                   5436: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5437: .Ic push-default
                   5438: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5439: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5440: .Ic range=right ,
                   5441: .Ic range=window|X ,
                   5442: .Ic norange
                   5443: .Xc
                   5444: Mark a range in the
1.651     nicm     5445: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5446: option.
                   5447: .Ic range=left
                   5448: and
                   5449: .Ic range=right
                   5450: are the text used for the
                   5451: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5452: and
                   5453: .Ql StatusRight
                   5454: mouse keys.
                   5455: .Ic range=window|X
                   5456: is the range for a window passed to the
                   5457: .Ql Status
                   5458: mouse key, where
                   5459: .Ql X
                   5460: is a window index.
1.623     nicm     5461: .El
                   5462: .Pp
                   5463: Examples are:
                   5464: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5465: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5466: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5467: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5468: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5469: .Nm
                   5470: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5471: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5472: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5473: .Nm
                   5474: identifier for a window or session.
                   5475: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5476: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5477: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5478: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5479: window title in
1.578     nicm     5480: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5481: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5482: active pane.
                   5483: .Nm
                   5484: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5485: the
                   5486: .Ic set-titles
                   5487: option.
                   5488: .Pp
                   5489: A session's name is set with the
                   5490: .Ic new-session
                   5491: and
                   5492: .Ic rename-session
                   5493: commands.
                   5494: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5495: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5496: .It
                   5497: A command argument (such as
                   5498: .Fl n
                   5499: for
                   5500: .Ic new-window
                   5501: or
                   5502: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5503: .It
1.597     nicm     5504: An escape sequence (if the
                   5505: .Ic allow-rename
                   5506: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5507: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5508: $ printf '\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e'
                   5509: .Ed
                   5510: .It
                   5511: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5512: active pane.
                   5513: See the
                   5514: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5515: option.
                   5516: .El
                   5517: .Pp
                   5518: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5519: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5520: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5521: $ printf '\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e'
                   5522: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5523: .Pp
                   5524: It can also be modified with the
                   5525: .Ic select-pane
                   5526: .Fl T
                   5527: command.
1.644     schwarze 5528: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5529: When the server is started,
                   5530: .Nm
                   5531: copies the environment into the
                   5532: .Em global environment ;
                   5533: in addition, each session has a
                   5534: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5535: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5536: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5537: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5538: .Pp
                   5539: The
                   5540: .Ic update-environment
                   5541: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5542: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5543: .Nm
                   5544: also initialises the
                   5545: .Ev TMUX
                   5546: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5547: from inside, and the
                   5548: .Ev TERM
                   5549: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5550: .Ql screen .
                   5551: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5552: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5553: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5554: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5555: .Sx FORMATS
                   5556: section).
                   5557: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5558: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5559: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5560: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5561: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5562: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5563: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5564: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5565: .Xc
1.870     kn       5566: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
1.63      nicm     5567: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5568: If
                   5569: .Fl g
                   5570: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5571: to the session environment for
                   5572: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5573: If
                   5574: .Fl F
                   5575: is present, then
                   5576: .Ar value
                   5577: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5578: The
                   5579: .Fl u
                   5580: flag unsets a variable.
                   5581: .Fl r
                   5582: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5583: new process.
1.728     nicm     5584: .Fl h
                   5585: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5586: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5587: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5588: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5589: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5590: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5591: .Xc
1.870     kn       5592: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
1.63      nicm     5593: Display the environment for
                   5594: .Ar target-session
                   5595: or the global environment with
                   5596: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5597: If
                   5598: .Ar variable
                   5599: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5600: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5601: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5602: If
                   5603: .Fl s
                   5604: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5605: .Fl h
                   5606: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5607: .El
                   5608: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5609: .Nm
                   5610: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5611: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5612: .Pp
                   5613: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5614: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5615: .Ic status
                   5616: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5617: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5618: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5619: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5620: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5621: .Ic status-format
                   5622: option.
                   5623: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5624: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5625: see the
1.57      jmc      5626: .Ic status-left ,
                   5627: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5628: .Ic status-right ,
                   5629: and
                   5630: .Ic status-right-length
                   5631: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5632: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5633: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5634: It may be customised with the
                   5635: .Ar window-status-format
                   5636: and
                   5637: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5638: options.
1.57      jmc      5639: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5640: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5641: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5642: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5643: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5644: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5645: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.192     nicm     5646: .It Li "~" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5647: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5648: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5649: .El
                   5650: .Pp
                   5651: The # symbol relates to the
                   5652: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5653: window option.
1.57      jmc      5654: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5655: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5656: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5657: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5658: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5659: .Ic status-style
                   5660: session option and individual windows using the
                   5661: .Ic window-status-style
                   5662: window option.
1.57      jmc      5663: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5664: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5665: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5666: .Ic status-interval
                   5667: session option.
                   5668: .Pp
                   5669: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5670: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.887     nicm     5671: .Tg clearphist
1.839     nicm     5672: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5673: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5674: .Xc
1.887     nicm     5675: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
1.839     nicm     5676: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5677: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5678: If
                   5679: .Fl T
                   5680: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5681: See
                   5682: .Ic command-prompt
                   5683: for possible values for
                   5684: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5685: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5686: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5687: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5688: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5689: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5690: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5691: .Op Ar template
                   5692: .Xc
                   5693: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   5694: This may be used from inside
                   5695: .Nm
                   5696: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     5697: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5698: If
                   5699: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     5700: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     5701: With
                   5702: .Fl F ,
                   5703: .Ar template
                   5704: is expanded as a format.
                   5705: .Pp
1.235     nicm     5706: If present,
                   5707: .Fl I
                   5708: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     5709: If
                   5710: .Fl p
                   5711: is given,
                   5712: .Ar prompts
                   5713: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   5714: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   5715: .Ar template
                   5716: if it is present, or
                   5717: .Ql \&:
                   5718: if not.
1.231     nicm     5719: .Pp
1.73      nicm     5720: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   5721: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      5722: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     5723: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     5724: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     5725: .Ql %2
                   5726: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      5727: prompts.
                   5728: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   5729: .Po
                   5730: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     5731: to
1.74      jmc      5732: .Ql %9
                   5733: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     5734: .Ql %%%
                   5735: is like
                   5736: .Ql %%
                   5737: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     5738: .Pp
                   5739: .Fl 1
                   5740: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   5741: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     5742: .Fl k
                   5743: is like
                   5744: .Fl 1
                   5745: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     5746: .Fl N
                   5747: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     5748: .Fl i
                   5749: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   5750: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     5751: .Pp
1.758     nicm     5752: .Fl T
                   5753: tells
                   5754: .Nm
1.839     nicm     5755: the prompt type.
                   5756: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     5757: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     5758: is pressed.
                   5759: Available types are:
                   5760: .Ql command ,
                   5761: .Ql search ,
                   5762: .Ql target
                   5763: and
                   5764: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     5765: .Pp
                   5766: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   5767: on the value of the
                   5768: .Ic status-keys
                   5769: option:
                   5770: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   5771: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     5772: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     5773: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     5774: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   5775: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   5776: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   5777: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   5778: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   5779: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   5780: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   5781: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   5782: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   5783: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   5784: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   5785: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   5786: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   5787: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     5788: .El
1.852     nicm     5789: .Pp
                   5790: With
                   5791: .Fl b ,
                   5792: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5793: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5794: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      5795: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.848     nicm     5796: .Op Fl b
1.238     nicm     5797: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      5798: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   5799: .Ar command
                   5800: .Xc
1.870     kn       5801: .D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
1.57      jmc      5802: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   5803: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     5804: If
                   5805: .Fl p
                   5806: is given,
                   5807: .Ar prompt
                   5808: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   5809: .Ar command .
                   5810: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   5811: .Ic status-left
                   5812: option.
1.848     nicm     5813: With
                   5814: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     5815: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5816: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5817: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     5818: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.800     nicm     5819: .Op Fl O
1.646     nicm     5820: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5821: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.912     nicm     5822: .Op Fl S Ar starting-choice
1.646     nicm     5823: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   5824: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5825: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     5826: .Ar name
                   5827: .Ar key
1.910     kn       5828: .Ar command Op Ar argument ...
1.646     nicm     5829: .Xc
1.870     kn       5830: .D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
1.646     nicm     5831: Display a menu on
                   5832: .Ar target-client .
                   5833: .Ar target-pane
                   5834: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   5835: .Pp
1.657     nicm     5836: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   5837: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   5838: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   5839: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     5840: .Sx FORMATS
                   5841: and
                   5842: .Sx STYLES
                   5843: sections.
1.658     nicm     5844: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   5845: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     5846: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   5847: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     5848: .Pp
                   5849: .Fl T
                   5850: is a format for the menu title (see
                   5851: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.912     nicm     5852: .Fl S
                   5853: sets the menu item selected by default, if the menu is not bound to a mouse key
                   5854: binding.
1.646     nicm     5855: .Pp
                   5856: .Fl x
                   5857: and
                   5858: .Fl y
                   5859: give the position of the menu.
                   5860: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   5861: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   5862: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     5863: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     5864: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   5865: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   5866: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     5867: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     5868: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     5869: .El
                   5870: .Pp
                   5871: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   5872: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   5873: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   5874: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5875: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5876: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   5877: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   5878: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   5879: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   5880: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   5881: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   5882: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   5883: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   5884: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   5885: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   5886: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   5887: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   5888: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   5889: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   5890: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     5891: .El
                   5892: .Pp
                   5893: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   5894: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   5895: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     5896: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   5897: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   5898: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   5899: .Fl O
                   5900: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   5901: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   5902: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   5903: .Pp
1.646     nicm     5904: The following keys are also available:
                   5905: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   5906: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   5907: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   5908: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   5909: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   5910: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   5911: .El
1.858     kn       5912: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      5913: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.905     nicm     5914: .Op Fl aIlNpv
1.215     nicm     5915: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5916: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     5917: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      5918: .Op Ar message
                   5919: .Xc
1.870     kn       5920: .D1 Pq alias: Ic display
1.127     nicm     5921: Display a message.
                   5922: If
                   5923: .Fl p
                   5924: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   5925: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5926: status line for up to
                   5927: .Ar delay
                   5928: milliseconds.
                   5929: If
                   5930: .Ar delay
                   5931: is not given, the
1.889     nicm     5932: .Ic display-time
1.790     nicm     5933: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     5934: .Ql N
                   5935: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.905     nicm     5936: If
                   5937: .Fl l
                   5938: is given,
                   5939: .Ar message
                   5940: is printed unchanged.
                   5941: Otherwise, the format of
1.124     jmc      5942: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     5943: is described in the
                   5944: .Sx FORMATS
                   5945: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     5946: .Ar target-pane
                   5947: if
                   5948: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     5949: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     5950: .Pp
1.624     nicm     5951: .Fl v
                   5952: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   5953: .Fl a
                   5954: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     5955: .Pp
                   5956: .Fl I
                   5957: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   5958: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       5959: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     5960: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     5961: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     5962: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     5963: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5964: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     5965: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     5966: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.865     nicm     5967: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   5968: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.721     nicm     5969: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     5970: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     5971: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   5972: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5973: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     5974: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     5975: .Xc
1.870     kn       5976: .D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
1.827     nicm     5977: Display a popup running
                   5978: .Ar shell-command
                   5979: on
1.721     nicm     5980: .Ar target-client .
                   5981: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   5982: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   5983: .Pp
                   5984: .Fl E
                   5985: closes the popup automatically when
                   5986: .Ar shell-command
                   5987: exits.
1.723     nicm     5988: Two
                   5989: .Fl E
                   5990: closes the popup only if
                   5991: .Ar shell-command
                   5992: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     5993: .Pp
                   5994: .Fl x
                   5995: and
                   5996: .Fl y
                   5997: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   5998: .Ic display-menu
                   5999: command.
                   6000: .Fl w
                   6001: and
                   6002: .Fl h
                   6003: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   6004: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     6005: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     6006: .Pp
1.853     nicm     6007: .Fl B
                   6008: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     6009: .Pp
                   6010: .Fl b
                   6011: sets the type of border line for the popup.
                   6012: When
                   6013: .Fl B
1.886     naddy    6014: is specified, the
1.862     nicm     6015: .Fl b
                   6016: option is ignored.
                   6017: See
                   6018: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6019: for possible values for
                   6020: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     6021: .Pp
                   6022: .Fl s
                   6023: sets the style for the popup and
                   6024: .Fl S
                   6025: sets the style for the popup border.
                   6026: For how to specify
                   6027: .Ar style ,
                   6028: see the
                   6029: .Sx STYLES
                   6030: section.
1.860     nicm     6031: .Pp
                   6032: .Fl e
                   6033: takes the form
                   6034: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   6035: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   6036: times.
1.864     nicm     6037: .Pp
                   6038: .Fl T
                   6039: is a format for the popup title (see
                   6040: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     6041: .Pp
                   6042: The
                   6043: .Fl C
                   6044: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       6045: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     6046: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   6047: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   6048: .Xc
1.870     kn       6049: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
1.839     nicm     6050: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   6051: .Ar prompt-type .
                   6052: If
                   6053: .Fl T
                   6054: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   6055: See
                   6056: .Ic command-prompt
                   6057: for possible values for
                   6058: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      6059: .El
                   6060: .Sh BUFFERS
                   6061: .Nm
1.392     nicm     6062: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     6063: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     6064: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   6065: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   6066: .Ic set-buffer
                   6067: or
                   6068: .Ic load-buffer
                   6069: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   6070: .Ic set-buffer
                   6071: .Fl n .
                   6072: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   6073: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   6074: .Ql buffer0002
                   6075: and so on.
                   6076: When the
                   6077: .Ic buffer-limit
                   6078: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     6079: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      6080: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     6081: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     6082: .Ic delete-buffer
                   6083: command.
                   6084: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6085: Buffers may be added using
                   6086: .Ic copy-mode
                   6087: or the
                   6088: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     6089: and
                   6090: .Ic load-buffer
                   6091: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      6092: .Ic paste-buffer
                   6093: command.
1.392     nicm     6094: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   6095: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      6096: .Pp
                   6097: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   6098: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   6099: .Ic history-limit
                   6100: option (see the
                   6101: .Ic set-option
                   6102: command above).
                   6103: .Pp
                   6104: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   6105: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     6106: .It Xo
                   6107: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     6108: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     6109: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     6110: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     6111: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     6112: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     6113: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     6114: .Op Ar template
                   6115: .Xc
1.555     nicm     6116: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   6117: a list.
1.833     nicm     6118: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   6119: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   6120: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   6121: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     6122: .Fl Z
                   6123: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     6124: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   6125: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6126: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     6127: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     6128: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   6129: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     6130: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   6131: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     6132: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   6133: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   6134: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     6135: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   6136: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     6137: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   6138: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     6139: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     6140: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     6141: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   6142: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     6143: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     6144: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   6145: .El
                   6146: .Pp
                   6147: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     6148: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     6149: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     6150: .Ar template
                   6151: and the result executed as a command.
                   6152: If
                   6153: .Ar template
                   6154: is not given, "paste-buffer -b '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     6155: .Pp
1.561     nicm     6156: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     6157: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.895     nicm     6158: .Ql time
                   6159: (creation),
1.561     nicm     6160: .Ql name
                   6161: or
                   6162: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     6163: .Fl r
                   6164: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6165: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6166: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6167: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6168: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6169: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6170: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6171: .Fl K
                   6172: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6173: .Fl N
                   6174: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6175: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6176: .Tg clearhist
1.893     nicm     6177: .It Xo Ic clear-history
                   6178: .Op Fl H
                   6179: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6180: .Xc
1.870     kn       6181: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
1.57      jmc      6182: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.893     nicm     6183: .Fl H
                   6184: also removes all hyperlinks.
1.858     kn       6185: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6186: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.870     kn       6187: .D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
1.392     nicm     6188: Delete the buffer named
                   6189: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6190: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6191: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6192: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6193: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6194: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6195: .Xc
1.870     kn       6196: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
1.198     nicm     6197: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6198: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6199: specifies the format of each line and
                   6200: .Fl f
                   6201: a filter.
                   6202: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6203: See the
1.294     nicm     6204: .Sx FORMATS
                   6205: section.
1.200     jmc      6206: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6207: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6208: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6209: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6210: .Ar path
                   6211: .Xc
1.858     kn       6212: .Tg loadb
1.870     kn       6213: .D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
1.57      jmc      6214: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6215: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6216: If
                   6217: .Fl w
                   6218: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6219: .Ar target-client
                   6220: using the
                   6221: .Xr xterm 1
                   6222: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6223: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6224: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6225: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6226: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6227: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6228: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6229: .Xc
1.870     kn       6230: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
1.158     nicm     6231: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6232: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6233: With
                   6234: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6235: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6236: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6237: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6238: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6239: .Fl s
                   6240: flag.
                   6241: The
1.57      jmc      6242: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6243: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6244: If
                   6245: .Fl p
                   6246: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6247: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6248: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6249: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6250: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6251: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6252: .Ar path
                   6253: .Xc
1.870     kn       6254: .D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
1.57      jmc      6255: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6256: .Ar path .
                   6257: The
                   6258: .Fl a
                   6259: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6260: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6261: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6262: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6263: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6264: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6265: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6266: .Ar data
                   6267: .Xc
1.870     kn       6268: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
1.57      jmc      6269: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6270: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6271: If
                   6272: .Fl w
                   6273: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6274: .Ar target-client
                   6275: using the
                   6276: .Xr xterm 1
                   6277: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6278: The
                   6279: .Fl a
                   6280: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6281: The
                   6282: .Fl n
                   6283: option renames the buffer to
                   6284: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6285: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6286: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6287: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6288: .Xc
1.870     kn       6289: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
1.1       nicm     6290: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6291: .El
                   6292: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6293: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6294: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6295: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6296: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6297: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6298: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6299: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6300: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6301: .Ar shell-command command
                   6302: .Op Ar command
                   6303: .Xc
1.870     kn       6304: .D1 Pq alias: Ic if
1.251     nicm     6305: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6306: .Ar command
                   6307: if
                   6308: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6309: (run with
                   6310: .Pa /bin/sh )
1.251     nicm     6311: returns success or the second
                   6312: .Ar command
                   6313: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6314: Before being executed,
                   6315: .Ar shell-command
                   6316: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6317: .Sx FORMATS
                   6318: section, including those relevant to
                   6319: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6320: With
                   6321: .Fl b ,
                   6322: .Ar shell-command
                   6323: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6324: .Pp
                   6325: If
                   6326: .Fl F
                   6327: is given,
                   6328: .Ar shell-command
                   6329: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6330: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6331: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6332: .It Ic lock-server
1.870     kn       6333: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
1.90      nicm     6334: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6335: .Ic lock-command
                   6336: option.
1.858     kn       6337: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6338: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6339: .Op Fl bC
1.717     nicm     6340: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6341: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6342: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6343: .Xc
1.870     kn       6344: .D1 Pq alias: Ic run
1.87      nicm     6345: Execute
1.153     nicm     6346: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6347: using
                   6348: .Pa /bin/sh
1.809     nicm     6349: or (with
                   6350: .Fl C )
                   6351: a
                   6352: .Nm
                   6353: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6354: Before being executed,
                   6355: .Ar shell-command
                   6356: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6357: .Sx FORMATS
                   6358: section.
1.335     nicm     6359: With
                   6360: .Fl b ,
                   6361: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6362: .Fl d
                   6363: waits for
                   6364: .Ar delay
                   6365: seconds before starting the command.
1.809     nicm     6366: If
                   6367: .Fl C
                   6368: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6369: specified by
1.308     nicm     6370: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6371: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6372: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6373: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6374: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6375: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6376: .Ar channel
                   6377: .Xc
1.870     kn       6378: .D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
1.343     nicm     6379: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6380: .Ic wait-for
                   6381: .Fl S
                   6382: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6383: When
                   6384: .Fl L
                   6385: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6386: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6387: .Ic wait-for
                   6388: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6389: .El
                   6390: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6391: When a
                   6392: .Nm
                   6393: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6394: This may be one of:
                   6395: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6396: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6397: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6398: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6399: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6400: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6401: signal (for example with
                   6402: .Ic detach-client
                   6403: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6404: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6405: The client's
                   6406: .Xr tty 4
                   6407: or
                   6408: .Xr pty 4
                   6409: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6410: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6411: The client was killed with
                   6412: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6413: .It too far behind
                   6414: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6415: .Nm .
                   6416: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6417: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6418: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6419: The server exited when it received
                   6420: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6421: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6422: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6423: .El
                   6424: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6425: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6426: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6427: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6428: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6429: .Ic terminal-features
                   6430: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6431: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6432: .It Em \&AX
                   6433: An existing extension that tells
                   6434: .Nm
                   6435: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6436: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6437: Tell
                   6438: .Nm
                   6439: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6440: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6441: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6442: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6443: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6444: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6445: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6446: .Nm :
                   6447: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6448: $ printf '\e033]12;red\e033\e\e'
                   6449: .Ed
1.872     nicm     6450: .Pp
                   6451: The colour is an
                   6452: .Xr X 7
                   6453: colour, see
                   6454: .Xr XParseColor 3 .
1.753     nicm     6455: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6456: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6457: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6458: .Em VT420
                   6459: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6460: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6461: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6462: These are set automatically if the
                   6463: .Em XT
                   6464: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6465: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6466: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6467: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6468: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6469: These are set automatically if the
                   6470: .Em XT
                   6471: capability is present.
1.893     nicm     6472: .It Em \&Hls
                   6473: Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
1.898     nicm     6474: .It Em \&Nobr
                   6475: Tell
                   6476: .Nm
                   6477: that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
1.837     nicm     6478: .It Em \&Rect
                   6479: Tell
                   6480: .Nm
                   6481: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6482: .It Em \&Smol
                   6483: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6484: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6485: Set a styled underscore.
                   6486: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6487: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6488: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.797     nicm     6489: .It Em \&Setulc , \&ol
                   6490: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.672     nicm     6491: The argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
                   6492: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6493: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6494: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6495: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6496: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6497: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6498: $ printf '\e033[4 q'
                   6499: .Ed
                   6500: .Pp
                   6501: If
1.403     nicm     6502: .Em Se
                   6503: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.885     nicm     6504: .It Em \&Swd
                   6505: Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
                   6506: The sequence is terminated using the standard
                   6507: .Em fsl
                   6508: capability.
1.908     nicm     6509: .It Em \&Sxl
                   6510: Indicates that the terminal supports SIXEL.
1.741     nicm     6511: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6512: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6513: .It Em \&Tc
                   6514: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6515: .Ql direct colour
                   6516: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6517: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6518: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6519: may be enabled by adding the
                   6520: .Ql initc
                   6521: and
                   6522: .Ql ccc
                   6523: capabilities to the
                   6524: .Nm
                   6525: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6526: entry).
1.739     nicm     6527: .Pp
                   6528: This is equivalent to the
                   6529: .Em RGB
                   6530: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6531: capability.
1.232     jmc      6532: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6533: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6534: See the
                   6535: .Em set-clipboard
                   6536: option above and the
                   6537: .Xr xterm 1
                   6538: man page.
1.756     nicm     6539: .It Em \&XT
                   6540: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6541: terminal supports the
                   6542: .Xr xterm 1
                   6543: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6544: .El
                   6545: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6546: .Nm
                   6547: offers a textual interface called
                   6548: .Em control mode .
                   6549: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6550: .Nm
                   6551: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6552: .Pp
                   6553: In control mode, a client sends
                   6554: .Nm
                   6555: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6556: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6557: An output block consists of a
                   6558: .Em %begin
                   6559: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6560: The output block ends with a
                   6561: .Em %end
                   6562: or
                   6563: .Em %error .
                   6564: .Em %begin
                   6565: and matching
                   6566: .Em %end
                   6567: or
                   6568: .Em %error
1.835     nicm     6569: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number and
                   6570: flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6571: For example:
                   6572: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6573: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6574: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6575: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6576: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6577: .Pp
                   6578: The
                   6579: .Ic refresh-client
                   6580: .Fl C
                   6581: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6582: .Pp
                   6583: In control mode,
                   6584: .Nm
                   6585: outputs notifications.
                   6586: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6587: .Pp
                   6588: The following notifications are defined:
                   6589: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6590: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6591: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6592: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6593: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6594: .Ar session-id ,
                   6595: which is named
                   6596: .Ar name .
1.892     nicm     6597: .It Ic %config-error Ar error
                   6598: An error has happened in a configuration file.
1.778     nicm     6599: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6600: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6601: .Ar pause-after
                   6602: flag is set, see
                   6603: .Ic refresh-client
                   6604: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6605: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6606: The
                   6607: .Nm
                   6608: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6609: or an error occurred.
                   6610: If present,
                   6611: .Ar reason
                   6612: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6613: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6614: New form of
                   6615: .Ic %output
                   6616: sent when the
                   6617: .Ar pause-after
                   6618: flag is set.
                   6619: .Ar age
                   6620: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it was sent.
                   6621: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6622: .Ql \&:
                   6623: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.460     nicm     6624: .It Ic %layout-change Ar window-id Ar window-layout Ar window-visible-layout Ar window-flags
1.345     nicm     6625: The layout of a window with ID
                   6626: .Ar window-id
                   6627: changed.
                   6628: The new layout is
                   6629: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6630: The window's visible layout is
                   6631: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6632: and the window flags are
                   6633: .Ar window-flags .
1.914     nicm     6634: .It Ic %message Ar message
                   6635: A message sent with the
                   6636: .Ic display-message
                   6637: command.
1.347     nicm     6638: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6639: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6640: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6641: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6642: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6643: The pane with ID
                   6644: .Ar pane-id
                   6645: has changed mode.
1.899     nicm     6646: .It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
                   6647: Paste buffer
                   6648: .Ar name
                   6649: has been changed.
1.904     nicm     6650: .It Ic %paste-buffer-deleted Ar name
                   6651: Paste buffer
                   6652: .Ar name
                   6653: has been deleted.
1.778     nicm     6654: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   6655: The pane has been paused (if the
                   6656: .Ar pause-after
                   6657: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     6658: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   6659: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6660: .Ar session-id ,
                   6661: which is named
                   6662: .Ar name .
                   6663: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   6664: The current session was renamed to
                   6665: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     6666: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   6667: The session with ID
                   6668: .Ar session-id
                   6669: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   6670: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     6671: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   6672: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     6673: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   6674: .Ar name
                   6675: .Ar session-id
                   6676: .Ar window-id
                   6677: .Ar window-index
                   6678: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   6679: .Ar value
                   6680: .Xc
                   6681: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   6682: .Ar name
                   6683: has changed to
                   6684: .Ar value .
                   6685: See
                   6686: .Ic refresh-client
                   6687: .Fl B .
                   6688: Any arguments after
                   6689: .Ar pane-id
                   6690: up until a single
                   6691: .Ql \&:
                   6692: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     6693: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   6694: The window with ID
                   6695: .Ar window-id
                   6696: was created but is not linked to the current session.
1.873     nicm     6697: .It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
                   6698: The window with ID
                   6699: .Ar window-id ,
                   6700: which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
                   6701: .It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
                   6702: The window with ID
                   6703: .Ar window-id ,
                   6704: which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
1.345     nicm     6705: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   6706: The window with ID
                   6707: .Ar window-id
                   6708: was linked to the current session.
                   6709: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   6710: The window with ID
                   6711: .Ar window-id
                   6712: closed.
1.547     nicm     6713: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   6714: The active pane in the window with ID
                   6715: .Ar window-id
                   6716: changed to the pane with ID
                   6717: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     6718: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   6719: The window with ID
                   6720: .Ar window-id
                   6721: was renamed to
                   6722: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 6723: .El
                   6724: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   6725: When
                   6726: .Nm
                   6727: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   6728: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   6729: .It Ev EDITOR
                   6730: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6731: .Ql vi
                   6732: and
                   6733: .Ev VISUAL
                   6734: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   6735: Overridden by the
                   6736: .Ic mode-keys
                   6737: and
                   6738: .Ic status-keys
                   6739: options.
                   6740: .It Ev HOME
                   6741: The user's login directory.
                   6742: If unset, the
                   6743: .Xr passwd 5
                   6744: database is consulted.
                   6745: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6746: The character encoding
                   6747: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6748: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   6749: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   6750: .Fl u
                   6751: option is given or if
                   6752: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6753: contains
                   6754: .Qq UTF-8
                   6755: or
                   6756: .Qq UTF8 .
                   6757: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   6758: are replaced with underscores
                   6759: .Pq Ql _ .
                   6760: For input,
                   6761: .Nm
                   6762: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
1.886     naddy    6763: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
1.644     schwarze 6764: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6765: is ignored for input.
                   6766: Otherwise,
                   6767: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6768: tells
                   6769: .Nm
                   6770: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   6771: If the locale specified by
                   6772: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6773: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   6774: .Nm
                   6775: exits with an error message.
                   6776: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   6777: The date and time format
                   6778: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6779: It is used for locale-dependent
                   6780: .Xr strftime 3
                   6781: format specifiers.
                   6782: .It Ev PWD
                   6783: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   6784: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   6785: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   6786: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   6787: .Xr getcwd 3
                   6788: is used instead.
                   6789: .It Ev SHELL
                   6790: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   6791: See the
                   6792: .Ic default-shell
                   6793: option for details.
                   6794: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   6795: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   6796: See the
                   6797: .Fl L
                   6798: option for details.
                   6799: .It Ev VISUAL
                   6800: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6801: .Ql vi ,
                   6802: use vi-style key bindings.
                   6803: Overridden by the
                   6804: .Ic mode-keys
                   6805: and
                   6806: .Ic status-keys
                   6807: options.
1.1       nicm     6808: .El
                   6809: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     6810: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.1       nicm     6811: .It Pa ~/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      6812: Default
1.1       nicm     6813: .Nm
1.6       jmc      6814: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     6815: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   6816: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     6817: .El
1.57      jmc      6818: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   6819: To create a new
                   6820: .Nm
                   6821: session running
                   6822: .Xr vi 1 :
                   6823: .Pp
                   6824: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   6825: .Pp
                   6826: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   6827: For new-session, this is
                   6828: .Ic new :
                   6829: .Pp
                   6830: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   6831: .Pp
                   6832: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   6833: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   6834: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6835: $ tmux n
                   6836: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   6837: .Ed
                   6838: .Pp
                   6839: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   6840: .Ql C-b c
                   6841: (Ctrl
                   6842: followed by the
                   6843: .Ql b
                   6844: key
                   6845: followed by the
                   6846: .Ql c
                   6847: key).
                   6848: .Pp
                   6849: Windows may be navigated with:
                   6850: .Ql C-b 0
                   6851: (to select window 0),
                   6852: .Ql C-b 1
                   6853: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   6854: .Ql C-b n
                   6855: to select the next window; and
                   6856: .Ql C-b p
                   6857: to select the previous window.
                   6858: .Pp
                   6859: A session may be detached using
                   6860: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     6861: (or by an external event such as
                   6862: .Xr ssh 1
                   6863: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      6864: .Pp
                   6865: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   6866: .Pp
                   6867: Typing
                   6868: .Ql C-b \&?
                   6869: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   6870: to navigate the list or
                   6871: .Ql q
                   6872: to exit from it.
                   6873: .Pp
                   6874: Commands to be run when the
                   6875: .Nm
                   6876: server is started may be placed in the
                   6877: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                   6878: configuration file.
                   6879: Common examples include:
                   6880: .Pp
                   6881: Changing the default prefix key:
                   6882: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6883: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   6884: unbind-key C-b
                   6885: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   6886: .Ed
                   6887: .Pp
                   6888: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   6889: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6890: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     6891: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      6892: .Ed
                   6893: .Pp
                   6894: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   6895: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   6896: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6897: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   6898: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   6899: .Ed
                   6900: .Pp
                   6901: Creating new key bindings:
                   6902: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6903: bind-key b set-option status
                   6904: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window 'exec man %%'"
1.73      nicm     6905: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 'ssh %1'"
1.57      jmc      6906: .Ed
1.1       nicm     6907: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   6908: .Xr pty 4
                   6909: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     6910: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com